Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / RIV Capital

RIV Capital

riv · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker riv
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · RIV Capital
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
annual RepoRt and accountS 2020

inveStinG 
FoR pRoFitaBle 
GRoWtH

StRateGic RepoRt

04  Chairman’s statement 
06	 Group	Chief	Executive’s	statement	
10	 Our	strategy	and	business	model	
14	 Key	Performance	Indicators	
16	 Financial	review	
20	 Chief	Investment	Officer’s	review	
26  Sales and marketing review 
28  Operations review 
30	 People,	sustainability	and	corporate	

social responsibility	

40  Risk management 
44	 Viability	statement	

GoveRnance

48  Board of Directors 
50  Corporate governance report 
58  Directors’ report 
61	 Directors’	responsibilities	
62  Nomination Committee report 
64  Audit Committee report 
68  Risk Committee report 
70	 Investment	Committee	report	
72  Remuneration 
75	 Directors’	remuneration	policy	
88  Remuneration Committee report 

Financial StateMentS

98	 Independent	auditor’s	report
104	Consolidated	income	statement
105	Consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	

income

106	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position
107	 Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows
108	Consolidated	statement	of	changes	in	

shareholders’	equity

109	Notes	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements
134	Company	statement	of	financial	position
135	 Company	statement	of	cash	flows
136	 Company	statement	of	changes	in	

shareholders’	equity

137	 Notes	to	the	Company	financial	statements

additional inFoRMation

144	Glossary	
IFC	 Shareholder	information	and	advisors	

River and Mercantile  
is a client focussed asset 
management and 
investment advisory 
specialist working closely 
with clients in the uK, 
europe, uSa, australia  
and new Zealand.

clients
Our	clients	include	institutional	pension	schemes,	
wholesale	financial	intermediaries,	insurance	
companies,	state	and	local	government	funds,	
charitable	institutions	and	family	offices.	
Understanding	clients’	complex	investment	
requirements	and,	where	relevant,	their	financial	
liabilities	profile	is	the	key	to	our	success.

investment
We	design,	build,	manage	and	distribute	
specialist investment products designed to meet 
specific	client	needs	which	have	broad	client	
application across our target audience groups. 
We work with our clients as partners to ensure 
their	needs,	and	the	resultant	solutions	 
and	products,	are	clearly	understood	 
and implemented.

Forward looking statements 
This document contains certain forward looking statements with 
respect	to	the	financial	condition,	results	of	operations	and	businesses	
of	River	and	Mercantile	Group	PLC.	These	statements	are	made	by	the	
Directors	in	good	faith	based	on	the	information	available	to	them	up	
to	the	time	of	their	approval	of	this	report.	However,	such	statements	
should	be	treated	with	caution	as	they	involve	risk	and	uncertainty	
because	they	relate	to	events	and	depend	upon	circumstances	that	
may	occur	in	the	future.

There	are	a	number	of	factors	that	could	cause	actual	results	or	
developments	to	differ	materially	from	those	expressed	or	implied	
by	these	forward	looking	statements.	The	continuing	uncertainty	in	
the	global	economic	outlook	inevitably	increases	the	economic	and	
business	risks	to	which	the	Group	is	exposed.

Nothing	in	this	document	should	be	construed	as	a	profit forecast.

innovation
We	have	developed	a	rewarding,	diverse	
and open environment to allow innovation 
and	investment	expertise	to	flourish	where	
environmental,	social	and	governance	(ESG)	
considerations are at the forefront  
of our thinking.

01

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

2020

HiGHliGHtS

assets under 
Management (auM)

£44.2bn

2020

net management and 
advisory fees

£69.4m

2020

CAGR = 16%

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

)
£
(

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

M

70

65

60

55

50

45

)
£
(

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

B

50

40

30

20

10

0

auM

net management and advisory fees

performance fees

Adjusted underlying profit before tax1

Statutory profit before tax

Basic adjusted underlying earnings per share 

Statutory earnings per share

total dividend for the year2

CAGR = 8%

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2020

2019

change

£44.2bn

£39.8bn

+11.1%

£69.4m

£65.6m

+5.8%

£1.2m

£12.5m

(90.7%)

£12.6m

£14.7m

(14.2%)

£8.3m

£16.8m

(50.6%)

11.18p

13.91p

(19.6%)

6.39p

9.54p

16.22p

(60.6%)

16.40p

(41.8%)

1.  Adjusted underlying profit before tax comprises statutory profit before tax adjusted for amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, dilutive share awards, 

other gains and losses and performance fees net of associated remuneration. See page 14 and note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation to 
statutory profit. 
Including 2.81 pence second interim dividend and 2.34 pence proposed final dividend.

2. 

 
 
02

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

StRateGic 
RepoRt  
paGeS 04–45

neW YoRK: uS 
HudSon RiveR

03

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

04  Chairman’s statement 
06  Group Chief Executive’s statement 
10	 Our	strategy	and	business	model	
14	 Key	Performance	Indicators	
16	 Financial	review	
20	 Chief	Investment	Officer’s	review	
26	 Sales	and	marketing	review	
28	 Operations	review	
30	 People,	sustainability	and	corporate	

social responsibility	

40	 Risk	management	
44	 Viability	statement

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
04

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

cHaiRMan’S StateMent

JonatHan daWSon
CHAIRMAN	OF	THE	BOARD

“ We continue to invest 
in	our	people	and	
systems	for	profitable	
growth.”

introduction
The Coronavirus pandemic has been 
little short of a disaster for the world. 
Economies have been shattered, 
stock markets have been very volatile, 
companies have folded, unemployment 
is rising inexorably and family finances 
have been hard hit. It is likely to take 
many years for the economic losses 
to be restored and public borrowings 
to be paid down. In the meantime, 
we have begun to live our lives in 
new and different ways and the UK’s 
economy, along with those of other 
countries, will have to reform itself 
to reflect the new paradigm. This will 
have far reaching implications for many 
sectors of the economy – banking, 
financial services, retail, property, 
transport, leisure to mention a few.

However, we must not allow ourselves 
to be drawn into a whirlpool of 
apocalyptic worry. The hard reality is 
that people will still need banking and 
financial services; people will still need 
to buy food and will still want to buy 
clothes, cars and other discretionary 
items; there will still be a need for 
commercial property, but perhaps not 
as we have known it; people will still 
want to buy houses; and people will 
still want to travel or take time off on 
holiday. We will all just have to learn 
how to do things differently – that 
is one of the great characteristics 
of human inventiveness and should 
provide hope for the future.

Despite the external pressures, we 
have not placed any member of staff on 
furlough and our capital position has 
not required us to seek any government 
funding assistance. I am delighted with 
the manner in which the business has 
conducted itself through this period 
and how well the business operated 
remotely, whilst still retaining our high 
standards of professional conduct and 
efficiency in keeping with the culture to 
which we aspire. I would therefore like 
to take this opportunity on behalf of 
my fellow Directors to thank everyone 
for their hard work and diligence 
through this challenging period.

Results and dividend
River and Mercantile has delivered 
an encouraging outcome for the 
year against this background with 
underlying revenue growing by 6 
per cent. to £69.4 million. Adjusted 
underlying profit before tax was 

05

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

the positives that we have learnt over 
the last few months. The challenges 
of the past year have underscored 
our strengths – our client focus, our 
core values, our team spirit and our 
resilient culture – and we therefore 
look forward with confidence that we 
will deliver good performance for our 
clients and for our shareholders. 

JonatHan daWSon
CHAIRMAN

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

lower by some 14 per cent. held 
back by the significant investment, 
discussed below, that we are making 
in distribution and investment 
manufacturing. In line with our stated 
policy the Directors have declared a 
second interim dividend of 2.81 pence 
per share and are recommending 
a final dividend of 2.34 pence per 
share, making a total of 9.54 pence for 
the year. The absence of significant 
performance fees in this period has 
contributed to these lower dividend 
levels and James Barham, our Group 
Chief Executive has commented on 
this in more detail in his report.

As highlighted, our earnings for the 
year were also held back by investment 
in significant new hires, particularly in 
distribution and fund management. 
Expanding and upgrading our team 
is part of the Board’s strategy to 
grow the Group organically with 
stronger and more effective wholesale 
distribution and fund management. 
The theme of this strategy is amplified 
in James’ report, but is summed up 
in the phrase ‘Investing for profitable 
growth’. We think that there are 
exciting opportunities available to us, 
both for individual new hires as well as 
teams to broaden our manufacturing 
capabilities and providing greater 
scale in our existing business. 

people
We continue to invest in our people 
and systems and in this financial 
year, as already announced, we have 
made a number of changes within 
the senior management team. James 
Barham was appointed Group Chief 
Executive on 1 July 2019, succeeding 
Mike Faulkner who became the Group’s 
Chief Investment Officer. During his 
first year James has refreshed the 
senior management team and in May 
2020 Simon Wilson joined as our new 
Chief Financial Officer succeeding Kevin 
Hayes. There have been a number 
of other senior positions that have 
also been announced over the last 18 
months with David Hanratty joining 
as Global Head of Distribution, Fran 
Fahey being appointed as Group Chief 
Operating Officer and David Peach 
appointed as our new HR Director. 
In addition, James Sym, a senior fund 
manager with a strong track record, 
joined us in the last quarter from 
Schroders and we have recently 
launched our European Fund managed 

by him. These developments are 
part of a clear strategy that James 
has highlighted in his report. We are 
investing in a number of areas over 
the next few years to deliver on our 
shared ambitions and the delivery of 
strong performance for shareholders. 
These ambitions will be linked into 
our remuneration strategy through 
the proposals being put forward for 
shareholder approval at this year’s AGM.

Summary and outlook
The year has brought huge challenges 
for our industry. I am proud of the 
way, however, that the Group moved 
with great speed and efficiency to 
remote working. Our IT systems 
were further strengthened and new 
collaborative tools were introduced to 
facilitate working from home. Client 
feedback has been very positive. I am 
deeply grateful to everyone at River 
and Mercantile for their hard work 
to ensure that our high standard 
of client service performance was 
sustained, and for ensuring that we 
were able at all times to keep our 
promise of ‘client first’. As a Board 
we focussed on ensuring that the 
Group’s financial controls and risk 
processes were maintained, as 
well as supporting the executive 
team in protecting our culture. This 
is no easy task when everyone is 
working from home. I particularly 
wish to recognise the leadership 
and communication efforts made by 
James in keeping all our people fully 
up to date with our progress and our 
responses to the challenges. It is also 
noteworthy that James donated part 
of his salary to charity and waived 
his bonus entitlement for the year.

The year ahead is going to have more 
challenges – obviously. There may 
be more lockdowns in the face of 
additional outbreaks of the virus which 
may frustrate economic recovery. In 
August, we began a gradual opening 
up of our two offices in the City, 
with the emphasis on maintaining 
distancing, sanitisation and deep 
cleaning, and ensuring as best we 
can, the protection of all of our 
people. Like many other companies 
we have reverted to a remote working 
environment for the most part 
following the Government’s guidance 
in September. We will however 
incorporate additional agility to our 
working practices reflecting some of 

 
 
 
 
 
 
06

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

GRoup cHieF eXecutive’S StateMent

JaMeS BaRHaM
GROUP	CHIEF	EXECUTIVE

“	I	see	the	linking	of	our	
ability	to	identify	client	
need	with	investment	
R&D	through	to	product	
design,	creation	and	
distribution	as	our	
core competence.”

introduction
I set out in some detail in last year’s 
annual report my views on the 
business and our industry, focussing 
on some of the changes that were 
evolving and how I saw our Group 
response to these developments. 
I also wrote at length in the Interim 
Report about some of the changes and 
investments that we are making and 
I would like to take the opportunity 
later in this report to set out my clear 
strategy and vision for our business 
over the next five years. Like all 
plans they are there to give a sense 
of shape and concept, however it 
is important to recognise that the 
role of leadership is to adapt those 
plans to the emerging challenges and 
therefore there must be a degree of 
flexibility embedded within this vision.

River and Mercantile is an investment 
led asset management business, built 
around strong product manufacturing 
and a growing distribution capability. 
Our understanding of client need 
provides us with an invaluable 
perspective and the ability to design 
and deliver products and services 
informed by this appreciation. 

Our objective over the next five 
years is for River and Mercantile to 
significantly increase our growth 
rate and profitability, having at 
least doubled AUM from current 
levels. We will have best of class 
operational and infrastructure 
systems designed to deliver profitable 
and scalable growth and delivering 
on the needs of our clients. 

We expect to see that growth delivered 
across our existing business, however 
there will be development and 
enhancement within our underlying 
business lines, such as equities, 
where we will look to continue to add 
regional equity strategies alongside 
an alternate Global ESG Growth/
Quality Equity franchise. In addition, 
as I have highlighted previously, 
we would like to add an alternative 
credit team. Distribution is key to 
this development plan and over 
the last year alone we have begun 
a significant transformation of our 
distribution capabilities. We want our 
business to have a technically strong 
and properly resourced distribution 
function based around our core 
markets supported by a scalable 
and efficient operating platform. 

07

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

2020 review
It has been an extraordinary year 
not just for River and Mercantile 
but for society as a whole. It was 
unimaginable this time last year to 
most that we would suffer a global 
pandemic that has impacted our way 
of life in such a dramatic fashion. As 
I write, there is still a high degree of 
uncertainty around when and how we 
want to return to the office and what 
changes we will make to our longer-
term working practices. The business 
moved quickly once the Government 
advice developed and we closed all 
our offices in late March 2020 and 
moved seamlessly to a remote working 
environment. I was very impressed 
with how well the business coped with 
this new operating environment and 
we have continued to look after all of 
our clients’ interests in the same way 
had we physically been in the office.

The COVID-19 pandemic has 
fundamentally changed the way 
people interact, and the restrictions 
on travelling and physical meetings 
mean, that companies more generally 
need to adapt their working practices 
and implement alternative methods of 
communication with clients, potential 
investors and shareholders. However, 
the development of technology over 
the last decade has allowed us to 
embrace this remote working protocol 
quickly and effectively. This has meant 
that the way we engage has adapted 
and that online communication, 
whether voice, video or email, has 
been able to ensure that our clients 
and shareholders have been kept 
up to date with developments in 
our business and their portfolios. 

Against this backdrop, the Group 
has performed well over the period 
and total AUM has grown by 11 per 
cent. to £44.2 billion. The net flow 
ratio was +9 per cent. and investment 
performance was positive, contributing 
an additional 2 per cent. The growth 
was slightly below the 12 per cent. 
minimum growth per annum that we 
have set as a target, however given 
the conditions over the second half 
of our fiscal year I believe that this is 
a more than creditable performance 

and is a testament to the hard work 
of all the teams across the Group. 

Net flow ratio
% 
20

Underlying revenue rose by 6 per 
cent. to £69.4 million and adjusted 
profit before tax was £13.2 million, 
a decrease of 37 per cent. against 
the previous year’s result of £20.9 
million. Statutory profit before 
tax was £8.3 million (2019: £16.8 
million). A significant factor behind 
these numbers has been the lower 
performance fees earned by the Group 
over the period. In 2019 the Group 
earned over £12 million in performance 
fees split across our Equities and 
Fiduciary businesses, however in 
2020 this was not the case. There are 
some specific reasons behind this.

The majority of Fiduciary performance 
fees are calculated against clients’ 
liability-related objectives. Over 
the last year, falling gilt yields have 
increased these liabilities significantly, 
in some cases in excess of 10 per 
cent. The hurdle that needs to be 
achieved before performance fees 
begin to accrue has been more 
difficult to meet despite most clients, 
following our advice, having high 
levels of interest rate and inflation 
hedging in place to mitigate this risk. 

Outperformance relative to the 
liability benchmarks is primarily 
driven by allocating to risk assets 
such as equities, credit, property and 
alternatives. Over that same period, 
performance for these asset classes 
has been at times challenging, creating 
headwinds for generating high levels 
of outperformance. Our Fiduciary 
portfolio managers took swift action in 
Q1 2020 to reduce risk when it became 
clear how economically far-reaching 
the COVID-19 crisis would become. 
Protecting capital, however, is unlikely 
to generate high performance fees 
in the period protection is needed, 
but we hope will be beneficial in 
later years as assets are put to work 
in stronger market conditions.

Our Equities performance fees in 
prior years have mainly been driven 
from our Micro Cap strategy, where 

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 Average

Net flows divided by opening AUM

Investment return ratio
% 
7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 Average

Investment performance divided by 
opening AUM

Performance fees since IPO
£’m 
14

12

10

8

6

4

2

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

 
 
 
08

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

GRoup cHieF eXecutive’S StateMent

continued

we receive a performance fee linked 
to the performance of the net asset 
value of the UK Micro Cap Investment 
Company, however this is only 
crystallised when it undertakes a 
capital repayment event ensuring 
that our interest is aligned with the 
Micro Cap shareholders. These capital 
repayment events are only triggered 
once the NAV of the company exceeds 
£110 million. Over the last year under 
the stewardship of George Ensor, the 
strategy has performed very well and 
the NAV has recovered and is now 
approaching £100 million and therefore 
within striking distance of a capital 
repayment event and the release 
of embedded performance fees. 

We have seen volatile market 
conditions over the last twelve 
months and in particular in this 
calendar year. Our diversified 
business model where circa 60 per 
cent. of our revenues are largely 
independent of equity market beta 
has provided the business and our 
shareholders with greater protection. 
This is shown in the revenue weighted 
asset attribution (RWAA) detailed 
in Simon’s Financial Review. 

Our Fiduciary and Advisory businesses 
have performed well during this 
period, a period where we saw a 
return to more normalised operating 
conditions following the completion 
of the Competition and Markets 
Authority (CMA) market review. The 
Fiduciary business had gross sales in 
excess of £1.5 billion and combined 
with strong investment performance 
assets grew to over £14.6 billion. We 
have seen a great level of activity from 
the business as a result of the re-
tender process and it is encouraging 
that to date we have received a very 
positive response from our existing 
clients and those where we are asked 
to pitch as other schemes undertake 
similar processes. We have strong 
relationships with the intermediaries 
in this space and we are working 
hard to ensure that our differentiated 
approach, strong investment returns 
and excellent client service are more 
broadly understood across the market.

Our Equities business has continued 
to perform in line with our 
expectations and those portfolios 
with a strong value and recovery 
bias struggled against the anti-

value headwinds, whilst our more 
quality orientated portfolios have 
performed very strongly through 
the period. This has been borne 
out in the value assessment 
undertaken by the independent 
Authorised Corporate Director of 
our investment funds where none 
of our strategies were red flagged. 

Assets were down over the year 
across both our institutional and 
wholesale client base, however with 
the investment we are making in 
distribution along with the broadening 
of our product offering, we believe 
we will see a return to growth from 
this important part of our business. 
We have continued to build our 
investment team with the recruitment 
into the PVT team of James Sym from 
Schroders and we have recently 
launched our European fund managed 
by him. Will Lough and George Ensor 
in the PVT team, who have been 
managing portfolios for the last few 
years, have demonstrated some 
excellent and consistent returns across 
their portfolios and, along with the 
recruitment of James, ensures that 
we have a broad and growing range 
of relevant products in this area.

Derivatives has been through a 
very strong period of growth which 
is unsurprising given the market 
conditions during the year. Assets 
have grown strongly with sales of 
over £5.8 billion with a strong focus 
on structured equity solutions. We 
continue to develop our relationships 
with the intermediaries and we have 
strong support from the majority of the 
key consultants in the UK institutional 
market. Our relationships with the local 
government pension schemes are very 
strong and this has been a key part in 
our growth over the last few years. 

The development of our Liquid 
Alternatives capabilities continues, 
consistent with our long history of 
bespoke investment development to 
meet investment demand from our 
Fiduciary and Advisory clients. It is this 
creative and innovative research and 
development that has ensured that 
River and Mercantile has been one of 
the leading businesses in our chosen 
field. I see the linking of our ability to 
identify client need with investment 
R&D through to product design, 
creation and distribution as our core 

Rail
WE	ARE	PROUD	TO	LOOK	AFTER	
THE	PENSION	SCHEMES	OF	THOSE	
WHO	KEEP	US	MOVING.

Group RWAA1
June 2020 (%) 

3

39

33

4

21

Equities – Non-discretionary 
Equities – Discretionary 
Interest rates 
Cash/independent 
Other 

1 

(page 18 for further detail)

09

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

competence. The development of our 
Global Macro Hedge Fund and our 
Global Responsible Equity Fund (GREF) 
are the most recent examples of this.

have made over the last eighteen 
months and I am delighted to be 
working with them as we deliver 
on these exciting developments. 

outlook
River and Mercantile is well positioned 
in this exciting and evolving industry 
in which we operate. Our focus on 
developing highly relevant investment 
solutions for our broadening 
client base, founded on our deep 
understanding of client needs, 
combined with strong and broadening 
distribution, and a robust and scalable 
operational infrastructure is key to 
our future development. We have 
an incredibly talented employee 
base, rich in diversity and we have 
committed to continue to invest in our 
people to make sure that we provide 
the positive outcomes of which our 
clients have become accustomed. 

I have set out in the next few pages 
the ambitions for our business, the 
investments we are making that will 
deliver the growth that we expect 
over the next few years and I am 
confident that we have the team to 
deliver on this expectation. I would 
like to take the opportunity to thank 
all of our staff and clients for their 
support during an extraordinary year.

JaMeS BaRHaM
GROUP	CHIEF	EXECUTIVE

ReSeaRcH and developMent
OUR	CLIENTS	ARE	INVOLVED	IN	
CUTTING	EDGE	HEALTH	SCIENCES	
RESEARCH	TO	IMPROVE	OUR	HEALTH	
AND	THAT	OF	FUTURE	GENERATIONS.	
WE	ARE	PROUD	TO	MANAGE	AND	
GROW	THEIR	ASSETS	USING	OUR	
INNOVATIVE	AND	CAREFULLY	
RESEARCHED	INVESTMENT	IDEAS.

The development of ESG globally 
has been a powerful phenomenon 
over the last few years and this will 
be fully integrated across all aspects 
of investment markets over the next 
decade. We have made advances 
as a business on our commitments 
around diversity and sustainability 
and the positive impact we are able 
to have across all our stakeholders. 
More importantly this is being 
integrated into our investment 
products and vertically into our own 
business model. Whilst there has 
been a great deal of rhetoric around 
this issue, the majority of the action 
has taken place around Governance 
with little or at best limited action on 
Environmental and Social Issues. We 
are in the process of launching our first 
dedicated ESG strategy, the River and 
Mercantile GREF and we have been 
developing this in conjunction with 
a range of our clients to ensure that 
this meets their needs as investors. 

We are continuing to develop our 
projects to support local charities 
and, crucially, where we believe we 
can make a difference. We encourage 
all our staff to take an active role in 
local charities and support groups 
where relevant, however as a business 
this year we felt it was important to 
support those in our community that 
are there to support us when we are 
unable to support ourselves. As a 
business and personally, we supported 
the “Critical NHS” charity that was 
established to provide support to 
the critical care workers operating 
across many of our London hospitals 
and we also supported a range of 
charities in the US and Australia.

There has been a reasonable 
amount of change across the senior 
management team at River and 
Mercantile. I have refreshed the team 
to help implement the strategic plans 
that I have set out for the business 
over the next few years. The arrival 
of Simon Wilson as Chief Financial 
Officer, David Hanratty as Global 
Head of Distribution, Fran Fahey as 
Group Chief Operating Officer and 
David Peach as HR Director are four 
of the key appointments that we 

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
10

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

ouR StRateGY and BuSineSS Model

Investing for profitable growth

Our	strategy	as	we	develop	the	Group	is	for	it	to	have	the	 
following	key	characteristics:

A diversified and responsible  
investment capability
 • A	broad	range	of	highly	relevant	products	and	solutions	

designed	to	meet	clients’	needs	where	responsible	
investing	and	ESG	are	central	to	our	beliefs.

Distribution driving profitable growth
 • Growth	delivered	through	strength	in	distribution	across	

our	core	markets	(UK,	US,	Australia)	and	distribution	
partnerships	in	target	geographies	(US	wholesale,	Japan,	
Asia/China).	Supporting	this	growth	with	a	targeted	
business	and	investment	team	acquisition policy.

a robust and scalable operational platform
 •
Investing	to	enhance	our	operational	infrastructure	to	
support	this growth	and	deliver	increasing	efficiencies.

an embedded client service culture
 • Providing	our	clients	with	exceptional	service	supported	
by	high	quality	reporting.	We	will	invest	in	broadening	our	
online	and	digital	presence.

a strong understanding of our  
human capital and a clear employee  
value proposition
 • Our	people	are	our	greatest	strength	and	we	will	continue	
to	invest	in	training	and	development.	The	provision	of	a	
strong	Employee	Value	Proposition	will	ensure	that	River	
and	Mercantile	is	regarded	as	a	forward	thinking,	diverse	
and	technically	strong	workforce.

Background
We are an asset management 
business, managing and advising a 
broad range of strategies and clients 
on their assets. We will become 
more recognisable as a pure asset 
management company, and our route 
to market for our investment thinking 
and advice outside of Fiduciary and 
Advisory will increasingly be through 
products as opposed to services. 

Historically there was a view across 
investment markets that was based 
on a belief that “solutions” was the 
nirvana state; it was the elusive elixir 
of the investment world and countless 
investment businesses chased the 
establishment of solutions businesses, 
in many cases hiring at great expense 
from the consultant community. 
The irony of this is that “solutions” 
is not tangible, it is not a product 
that could be created by smashing 
together a couple of high profile 
individual consultants with a multi-
asset capability, it is a mindset based 
on a deep and holistic understanding 
of client need. Shifting from a simple 
consultant to a fiduciary requires more 
than a shift in execution, it requires 
a much deeper understanding of 
real client need that embraces both 
the financial and emotional sides. 

I strongly believe that River and 
Mercantile is firmly positioned as 
“the” pure play business in the 
solutions market, however we will 
continue to develop this thinking in 
product form that can be utilised 
across a broader market spectrum.

We are still delivering market leading 
investment returns tailored to 
individual client needs, combined 
with bespoke internal liability hedging 
strategies and this will continue to be 
the core of our business. Mike Faulkner 
has again developed some innovative 
thinking in terms of how we deal 
with complex investment problems 
within the market that is, in its own 
right, as revolutionary as the original 
concept of Fiduciary Management 
we brought to the market in 2003. 

11

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

We have already set out the additional 
investment capabilities that we 
would like to develop over the next 
few years, not simply to meet our 
base aspirations but also to provide 
alternative sources of revenue in the 
event of underperformance in one 
or more of our underlying strategies. 
We do not want the success or 
otherwise of this Group strategy to 
be dependent on one strategy. The 
concept of picking “two funds” and 
committing the resources of the 
business to these strategies alone 
is naïve. We expose our business to 
too much execution and demand 
risk. Equally we are not suggesting we 
should launch a fund a month and 
move down the product proliferation 
route in a similar way to some of 
our peers over the last decade. 

We will deliver this based on the 
following strategic business model 
set out on the next few pages.

SHoeMaKeRS
OUR	CLIENTS’	EMPLOYEES	DESIGN	
AND	CRAFT	THE	SHOES	WE	WEAR.	
OUR	INVESTMENT	STRATEGIES	
ARE DESIGNED	TO	DELIVER	
SUSTAINABLE	RETURNS.

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Where we have begun to make a 
real difference is the translation of 
the “solutions” mindset into tangible 
product. The first example of this 
was the Dynamic Asset Allocation 
Fund, where we were able properly 
to take a concept of client need 
and map this into a strategy that 
satisfies this need and where 
that need is broadly universal. 

River and Mercantile in 2025
It is this change that will ensure that by 
2025 we are an investment led asset 
manager with products at its heart, 
where in many cases the product has 
been designed based on a holistic 
solutions mindset. This commercial 
direction of travel will accelerate as we 
continue to take investment intellectual 
property and apply it to our strategies. 
As already highlighted, we see this as 
our core competence – the ability to 
link client need to investment R&D 
to product design and distribution.

This aligns with my view of the 
industry through the valley analogy 
that I espoused in my report last 
year. We want our business to reflect 
all that is positive about managers 
with demonstrable skill with the 
following core characteristics:
 • We aspire to a high percentage 
of our products and solutions 
being ahead of their respective 
benchmarks since inception whilst 
offering value for money; 

 • Products and solutions must all 

meet identifiable client needs and 
be structured in a format that 
is appropriate to the underlying 
liquidity available; 

 • We distribute these investment 
products in scale to a broad 
range of clients where demand 
characteristics are common. This is 
as much an investment challenge 
as a distribution one and the two 
key parts of our business have to be 
able to work in tandem to achieve 
this objective; and 

 • We will have a modern and scalable 
operational platform to support this 
growth. 

 
 
 
12

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

ouR StRateGY and BuSineSS Model 

continued

operational 
This is the glue that binds our 
investment manufacturing and client 
facing functions and ensures that we 
can deliver high quality and seamless 
support to our clients. We have begun 
a programme of investment in our 
operational infrastructure to ensure 
that we can provide the support to 
the business as we scale up over 
the coming years. This support will 
be increasingly centralised and this 
ensures that as we bring on more 
investors to this platform we are able 
to extract greater operational leverage. 

We are progressing with our 
objective of delivering a consistent 
and scalable operating platform 
across the Group. This will provide a 
simplified and standardised platform 
that has the functionality to service 
all parts of the business, whilst at 
the same time delivers a flexible 
approach and level of technology 
in line with the rest of the market 
and the ability to plug straight into 
custodians and third-party platforms.

We will marry in-house expertise with 
common industry platforms in our new 
operating model, enhancing the ability 
to change as the business evolves. 
This will allow the consolidation and 
streamlining of resources, across 
the Group, to drive out operational 
efficiencies, benefit from economies of 
scale and further enhance our control 
environment. Critically the business 
will have the ability and flexibility 
to meet client needs with a broad 
range of instruments on standard 
process flows that do not create 
work arounds or ad-hoc processes.

our business model 
to deliver on this 
strategy is set around 
the three key pillars 
of any successful 
asset management 
business and we 
have set out the 
developments we 
are making in these 
areas as we target our 
objectives over the 
next five years. 

investment manufacturing
We have a high quality and 
relevant investment capability 
providing products and services 
meeting client need across a 
range of audience groups. This 
is currently set out across our 
Fiduciary and Advisory investment 
team, our equities teams 
managing UK and Global equities, 
our derivatives team managing 
Liability Driven Investment 
(LDI) including gilt collateral 
management and structured 
equity solutions and our liquid 
alternatives team managing 
a growing range of specialist 
return orientated products. 

We will continue to invest in these 
teams and add new teams where 
appropriate. We have already 
highlighted that we are seeking 
additional capabilities and in 
particular, Alternative Credit 
and further equity capabilities, 
specifically a Global ESG Quality/
Growth team to complement the 
existing equities teams. We have 
also continued to invest in our 
existing investment teams for 
example James Sym, a highly rated 
European value manager joined 
the PVT team from Schroders 
and we have recently added 
additional analyst resource. We will 
continue to make these additions 
to the investment teams across 
the business to make sure that 
we continue to deliver for our 
investors and develop innovative 
products to meet their needs.

distribution
We are investing heavily in our 
distribution capabilities however the 
sheer cost of exploring all the markets 
and geographies available will, almost 
certainly, take too long and cost too 
much. The combination of internally 
sourced distribution around core 
markets and external partnerships 
for those markets where entry costs 
are too high or cultural challenges 
make having localised distribution 
imperative, is a key part of our strategy.

The investment we are making will 
create a large, high quality distribution 
network in the major global markets for 
asset management. Our focus will still 
be on selling our products and services 
to or through professional investors 
and intermediaries. We will not be 
involved in retail asset gathering, 
rather we will sell to the aggregators 
of retail assets in an increasingly 
vertically integrated value chain.

In the main we will own our distribution 
network as at scale this model 
generates the highest margin and 
return on investment due to the 
overall institutional flavour of the 
assets which we seek to raise in large 
one to one relationships. Our own 
network will be concentrated in our 
home markets of the UK and Europe, 
North America and Australia. These are 
large institutional and sophisticated 
wholesale markets where our existing 
and planned product line-up is well 
aligned with the deepest asset pools. 
Without the addition of other channels, 
the right sales strategy with a quality 
distribution team and continued 
product strength, these markets are 
capable of delivering significant assets 
in our higher margin products, whether 
performance or market trend driven. 
Lower margin derivative solutions 
will add to these sales figures.

We will also selectively seek distribution 
partnerships in markets and channels 
where the complexity and cost of 
having our presence is beyond what 
we are prepared to accept. This will 
be mainly accessing retail markets 
where our product set has a good fit, 
but we do not want the cost burdens 
that retail selling registrations bring 
with local regulators, nor the huge and 
constant volume of product and client 
service activities that require large 
internal and external teams. In effect 
we continue to follow our mantra of 
one to one high value relationships.

13

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

capital allocation
This “profitable growth” programme 
will require continued investment as 
we attract more investment teams 
to our platform and the ongoing 
investment in our distribution 
and operational platform. 

However, we are a cash generative 
business with a formulaic dividend 
policy. Therefore, against this 
backdrop and looking forward 
over the next five years we intend 
to apply the following capital 
allocation approach:
 • We will consider any capital 
requirement for internal 
and external investment 
opportunities and the seeding of 
new funds we launch, at all times 
maintaining a robust balance 
sheet and a prudent approach 
to our regulatory capital surplus;

 • We will maintain our minimum 
distribution of 60 per cent. of 
adjusted underlying profit as 
dividend, recognising that this 
is valued by the market and our 
shareholders; and 

 • We will consider share buybacks 
and special dividends where 
and when appropriate to 
return surplus capital including 
performance fee profit.

Summary
Our strategic objectives are ambitious 
over the coming years and we expect 
to see a transformation in the business 
as we continue this programme of 
investment in key parts of the Group. 
The delivery of high quality investment 
products and solutions to our clients 
and investors is paramount and the 
changes we are making we believe will 
deliver equally strong and growing 
returns for our shareholders. This 
process has already begun and we 
have made significant changes to the 
senior management team to deliver 
on these plans and we have also 
commenced the restructuring of our 
distribution teams and the investment 
in our operational infrastructure. 

conStRuction
OUR	CLIENTS’	EMPLOYEES	BUILD	
THE	ROADS	WE	DRIVE	ON,	THE	
CITIES	WE	WORK	IN	AND	THE	
HOMES	WE	LIVE	IN.	WE	INVEST	
AND	GROW	THE	PENSION	SCHEME	
ASSETS	FOR	OUR	CLIENTS.

 
 
 
14

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

KeY peRFoRMance 
indicatoRS (Kpis)

Fee earning auM  
(£ billion)

£44.2bn

net management and  
advisory fees (£ million)

£69.4m

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

44.2

39.8

33.8

31.0

25.5

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

69.4

65.6

64.2

55.9

45.7

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Change in fee earning 
AUM

11%

18%

9%

22%

22%

The growth in AUM is a key indicator of the client engagement 
process and is the driver for growth in net management fees. The 
growth in AUM is a function of new mandates, low attrition rates, 
aggregate investment performance and net rebalance.

In 2020 overall AUM growth was strong despite difficult market 
conditions. While the change in working practices made 
institutional and wholesale mandates more difficult, sales of 
structured equity products in the Derivatives business were 
strong. 

Change in net 
management and 
advisory fees

6%

2%

15%

22%

(2%)

Management and advisory fees represent the underlying 
revenues generated by the business. This metric measures the 
core performance and sustainability of the business.

The growth in 2020 represented the fourth consecutive year in 
which underlying revenues grew. 

Adjusted underlying profit  
before tax (£ million)

£12.6m

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

12.6

14.7

16.1

16.4

11.1

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Adjusted underling 
pre-tax margin

18%

22%

25%

29%

24%

Adjusted underlying profit before tax represents the core 
profitability of the Group. It has reduced in 2020 as a result of 
the increase in remuneration and administration costs as the 
business continues to invest for profitable growth. 

Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin is adjusted underlying profit 
before tax divided by total revenue excluding performance fees. 
It is an indication of the ability to achieve scale through increased 
AUM and revenues, at a lower marginal increase in related 
expenses.

Adjusted profit before tax to statutory  
profit reconciliation (£ million)

15

12

9

6

3

0

1

2

3

4.6

0.3

0.0

13.2

12.6

(0.6)

8.3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Statutory	profit	before	tax

Amortisation and 

impairments	of	
intangible	assets

Other	gains	and	losses

4

5

6

7

Dilutive	share	awards

Adjusted	profit	before	tax

Performance	fees	profit	
before	tax	

Adjusted	underlying	profit	
before	tax

See note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

	
 
	
	
	
	
	
15

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

For the year ended 30 June 2020 the Board has decided 
to make changes to the Group’s key performance indicators 
(KPIs). 

Regretted Institutional Attrition (“RIA”) has been historically 
reported as a measure of the Group’s success in retaining 
institutional clients. The measure adjusted certain 
redemptions to reflect the fact that a client’s decision to 
redeem is often unrelated to the performance of the Group 
e.g. a defined benefit scheme buy-out. As our business 
and the market has developed, for example a greater 
prevalence in structured equity derivatives which by their 
nature tend to have a different profile than other areas 
of the business, the Board believes that RIA has become 
increasingly less relevant for large parts of the Group and 
necessarily more subjective given the nuanced reasons 
why a client might redeem. It believes a better indication of 
performance is not the reason why a client has redeemed, 
i.e. whether it was related to the Group’s performance, but 
its ability to replace and grow assets and revenue such 
that the profits of the Group grow accordingly. Readers 
of the Annual Report and Accounts are able to make 
this assessment through the Group’s KPIs of AUM and 
underlying revenue growth. Furthermore, the investment 
performance report included in the CIO review provides 
readers with detailed information on the performance of its 
strategies which, over the long term, is an important factor 
in the success of the Group. Accordingly, the Group will no 
longer report RIA. 

The percentage of adjusted earnings per share distributed 
as a dividend is a measure which the Group will continue 
to report in its financial review, however the Board has 
decided to remove this as a Group KPI and replace it 
with basic earnings per share (adjusted underlying and 
adjusted). The percentage of earnings distributed is more 
a function of the Board’s capital allocation policy rather 
than a measure of the Group performance. Earnings per 
share is a well understood KPI and a principal measure 
of profitability for shareholders given it reflects any share 
issuance made by the Company. In view of the Company’s 
dividend policy, BUAEPS and BAEPS also drive the quantum 
of minimum dividend paid and the potential to pay further 
dividends having considered the Group’s capital allocation 
requirements.

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Basic adjusted underlying  
earnings per share (pence)

11.18p

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

11.18

13.91

16.06

15.92

10.89

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Change in BUAEPS

(20%)

(13%)

1%

46%

(17%)

BUAEPS reflects the core adjusted earnings per share. The 
calculation of this metrics is shown in note 13 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Basic adjusted earnings  
per share (pence)

11.79p

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

11.79

11.62

20.26

21.85

22.90

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Change in BAEPS

(42%)

(7%)

(5%)

97%

24%

BAEPS reflects the total adjusted earnings per share. The 
calculation of this metric is shown in note 13 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

 
 
 
16

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

Financial RevieW

 • Fiduciary Management, Derivatives, Advisory and 
Institutional Equity have all shown solid revenue 
growth however Wholesale Equities has had another 
challenging year and declining revenue which is 
addressed in the Group Chief Executive’s statement; 
and

 • The Group has continued to invest in a number of 
areas which resulted in increased remuneration 
and administrative costs, primarily relating to 
our distribution capabilities, new fund structures 
to facilitate global distribution and new product 
launches. This has reduced our margins and absolute 
levels of profitability in the short term given the 
time-lag between incurring cost and winning new 
assets, particularly in the institutional space where we 
currently generate most of our revenues.

outlook
Asset raising activity levels and the pipeline of new 
opportunities has improved in recent months since 
lockdown was imposed in March. However, given the 
normal interval between interaction with clients and 
allocation, it is more likely that gross sales will be higher 
in the second half of the current financial year ending 
30 June 2021.

As explained in the Group Chief Executive’s Statement 
we will continue to invest for profitable growth during the 
current year which will further increase remuneration 
and administrative costs as explained later in this review. 
Our programme of organic investment seeks to enhance 
the foundations of the business to achieve our ultimate 
objective of a step change in earnings per share and the 
value of the Group. The areas of investment are:

 •

investment manufacturing – new products to meet 
our growing clients’ needs by investing in the hire of 
additional investment teams and the development 
and launch of new strategies; 

 • distribution – to build on our global institutional and 
wholesale capabilities through hiring in several key 
areas; and

 • operational infrastructure – to achieve a step 

change in earnings per share, we need to improve our 
profit margins. The programme of operational and 
IT infrastructure investment will enable us to benefit 
from operational leverage through greater efficiency 
in the medium and long term and to ensure that we 
have the operational bandwidth to accommodate the 
growth in product and strategies. 

SiMon WilSon
CHIEF	FINANCIAL	OFFICER

overview
For the sixth consecutive year the Group has grown 
its AUM which is noteworthy given the difficult market 
conditions faced during the period. We have changed our 
description of AUM, although the basis of measurement 
is unchanged, as explained further in this review. 
Furthermore, underlying revenue has grown for the 
fourth consecutive year albeit this was countered by a 
significant reduction in performance fees for the period. 
The following key factors during the year have impacted 
the financial performance of the business:
 • Significant market volatility during the second half of 
the year which impacted fees earned and, together 
with the wider disruption in working practices 
across industry, reduced the scope for winning new 
institutional and wholesale assets; 

 • The exception to this was within our Derivatives 

business where activity levels in structured equity 
products was high during the period as clients 
repositioned or established new or increased levels of 
hedging strategies;

17

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

auM

£	million

Opening AUM
Sales
Redemptions

Net rebalance and transfers

Net flow
Investment performance

closing auM

Change in AUM

Fiduciary	
Management

Liquid	 

Derivative	Solutions

Equity	Solutions

Alternatives

S.	Equity

LDI

Total

Wholesale

Institutional

Total

12,335 
1,581 
(746)

835 
391 

1,226 
1,058 

529 
36 
(426)

(390)
– 

(390)
15 

5,801  15,882  21,683 
5,846 
1,266 
4,580 
(3,978)
(517)
(3,461)

1,119 
475 

1,594 
–

749 
1,186 

1,935 
–

1,868 
1,661 

3,529 
–

1,482 
211 
(574)

(363)
–

(363)
(95)

3,785 
545 
(864)

(319)
–

(319)
(255)

5,267 
756 
(1,438)

(682)
–

(682)
(350)

Total	 
AUM

39,814 
8,219 
(6,588)

1,631 
2,052 

3,683 
723 

14,619 

154 

7,395  17,817  25,212 

1,024 

3,211 

4,235 

44,220 

18.5%

(70.9%)

27.5% 12.2% 16.3%

(30.9%)

(15.2%)

(19.6%)

11.1%

The Board has decided to simplify the description of the reported level of fee earning mandates across asset classes managed 
by the Group, by consolidating the description AUM/NUM to AUM. AUM represents amounts on which management fees and 
performance fees are charged across all asset classes managed by the Group. In relation to derivatives, AUM represents the 
aggregate billing notional of the derivative contracts on which management fees are charged. There has been no change to the 
basis of measurement of AUM and the reported data is comparable on a like for like basis with that reported in prior periods.

AUM grew by £4.4 billion (11%) during the year comprising £3.7 billion of net flows and £0.7 billion of positive investment 
performance. Fiduciary Management and Derivatives performed strongly with positive net sales and flows across all activities. 
Our Equities business had a more difficult year in respect of both sales and performance which is addressed in the Group Chief 
Executive’s Statement. Redemptions in Liquid Alternatives principally represents a single client redemption from the DAA Fund.

Financial highlights 

£’000s	(unless	stated)

Net management fees
Advisory fees

Total underlying revenue
Performance fees

Total revenue

Total remuneration and benefits

Administration expenses

Adjusted underlying profit before tax
Adjusted underlying profit after tax

Performance fee profit before tax
Performance fee profit after tax

Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted profit after tax 

Statutory profit before tax
Statutory profit after tax

Adjusted underlying earnings per share basic (pence)
Adjusted earnings per share basic (pence)
Earnings per share basic (pence)

Dividend per share (pence)

Cash (£ million)

Surplus regulatory capital (£ million)

Year	Ended	30	June

2020

2019

Movement Movement	%

58,449
10,932

69,381
1,161

70,542

41,158

15,926

12,564
9,352

622
504

13,186
9,856

8,299
5,343

11.18
11.79
6.39

9.54

24.3

16.1

55,546
10,038

65,584
12,519

78,103

41,664

15,647

14,650
11,143

6,279
5,085

20,929
16,228

16,788
12,995

13.91
20.26
16.22

16.40

24.0

12.3

2,903
894

3,797
(11,358)

(7,561)

(506)

279

(2,086)
(1,791)

(5,657)
(4,581)

(7,743)
(6,372)

(8,489)
(7,652)

(2.73)
(8.47)
(9.83)

(6.86)

0.3

3.8

+5%
+9%

+6%
(91%)

(10%)

(1%)

+2%

(14%)
(16%)

(90%)
(90%)

(37%)
(39%)

(51%)
(59%)

(20%)
(42%)
(61%)

(42%)

+1%

+31%

Note adjusted and adjusted underlying results are alternative performance measures which are reconciled to statutory profit in note 13 of the consolidated financial statements. 

 
 
 
18

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

Financial RevieW

continued

Management fee margins

Average fee earning AUM (£ million)
Net management fees (£ million)
Average margin 2020 (bps)
In-force margin at 30 June 2020 (bps)
Medium term guidance (bps)

Fiduciary
Management

Derivative 
Solutions

Equity	Solutions

Wholesale

Institutional

13,467
21.1
15.7
14.8
13–14

23,746
15.4
6.5
6.5
6–7

1,299
8.9
68
66
60–65

3,571
13.1
37
35
33–36

Fee margins during the year were broadly in line with our 
previous medium-term guidance. We have reviewed and 
revised our medium-term guidance to reflect both the 
trends in industry but more specifically our strategic focus 
to target larger mandates across the business. The CMA 
market review and the subsequent re-tender process has 
and will continue to have an impact on margins and fee 
structures across the fiduciary market. In addition, as we 
target larger mandates, we expect the margin earned on 
these assets to be lower than our current average albeit 
with a higher level of absolute revenue earned per client. As 
the wholesale equity market continues to evolve, becoming 
more institutional in nature with larger asset awards from 
the aggregators, margins have reduced although the impact 
going forward will be dependent on our business mix. 
Within Institutional Equities our fee margin guidance has 
been reduced to reflect the loss of a small number of old 
higher margin mandates and our strategy of targeting larger 
mandates, particularly in growth markets such as Australia.

Revenue Weighted asset attribution
The revenues of traditional asset management firms have 
a high correlation to equity markets. However, the relative 
diversification of the Group’s revenue streams compared to 
many of our peers mean they display greater stability and 
resilience to negative equity market movements.

RWAA classifies our underlying revenues by the underlying 
asset class on which the management fees are charged. 
Net management fees from Equity Solutions are related to 
the variability of the underlying equity markets. In Fiduciary 
Management the management fees are based on the client’s 

portfolio which will include equities, bonds and government 
securities. The management fee revenue is attributed in 
proportion to the composition of the underlying portfolio 
between credit instruments, equities and government 
securities. The Equities – Non-discretionary category 
represents the minimum level of equity exposure we are 
required to hold in client portfolios, where this is specified. 
In Derivative Solutions the underlying revenue is linked to 
the contractual notional amount of the derivative instrument 
used to hedge interest rates, inflation and equities. As a 
result, these revenues are also considered “independent” or 
cash-like in their characteristics. The Other category includes 
property and alternatives.

Advisory revenues are based on retainers or specific projects 
and are not directly linked to asset classes and are therefore 
classified as being “independent”.

performance fees
Performance fees for the period were principally earned 
during the first half of the year. As explained in the Group 
Chief Executive’s Statement the equity market downturn 
during the second half of the year impacted our ability to 
generate outperformance within Fiduciary and, while the 
Group has the potential to earn performance fees in the 
current financial year, both within Fiduciary and Equity 
Solutions, this will be at significantly lower levels than we 
have historically generated. The business will have the ability 
to generate performance fees through some of the new 
strategies being developed and we will keep the market 
updated as this develops.

RWaa 

30 June 2020
31 December 2019
30 June 2019
31 December 2018
30 June 2018

Equities –	Non-
Discretionary

Equities –	
Discretionary

Interest	
Rates

Cash / 
Independent

33%
36%
37%
38%
38%

4%
4%
3%
2%
2%

21%
20%
19%
22%
19%

39%
37%
38%
35%
38%

Other

3%
3%
3%
3%
3%

19

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Administrative expenses
Administrative expenses increased by £0.3 million (2%) year 
on year primarily as a result of an increase in technology 
costs and professional fees in relation to our operational 
infrastructure. Remote working led to an increase in market 
data costs which were partly offset by a reduction in travel 
and entertainment costs. 

Administrative expenses are anticipated to increase by 
approximately £1.5 million for the year ending 30 June 
2021 as a result of the costs of launching new investment 
strategies and products in the form of professional fees 
and fund administration costs, further technology costs 
in relation to our operational infrastructure project and 
increased market data costs.

Remuneration
Fixed remuneration costs increased by £2.8 million (11%) to 
£28.9 million reflecting, in the main, additional hires across 
the Group and investment in Australia and the US. Variable 
remuneration reduced by £3.3 million (21%) predominantly 
due to significantly lower performance fees earned. Total 
remuneration costs (excluding recruitment costs) as a 
percentage of total revenue increased from prior year from 
53 per cent. to 58 per cent. (54 per cent. when investment 
in Australia and the US is excluded, in line with our current 
Group remuneration policy). As we continue to invest in the 
business, we expect remuneration to range between 58 per 
cent. and 60 per cent. of underlying revenue for the current 
financial year before any impact of any performance fees 
earned.

operational infrastructure
One of the means to achieve a step change in the earnings of 
the Group is to unlock operational leverage in everything we 
do, particularly by improving efficiency in distribution, client 
servicing, operations and IT. Our target operating model 
is one of the cornerstones of the Group achieving greater 
operational leverage and we have commenced a multi-year 
programme of investment which will start in earnest in 2021.

For the year ended 30 June 2020, costs incurred in relation 
to this investment were £0.8 million of which £0.4 million 
were capitalised. Further detail regarding the costs of 
the programme and timing once the full scope has been 
determined will be presented in our Interim Report next year.

liquidity and regulatory capital
Cash and cash equivalents increased marginally to £24.3 
million as at 30 June 2020. The Group prudently manages 
its regulatory capital position and maintains a significant 
surplus of regulatory capital resources over its capital 
requirement. At the year-end that surplus was £16.1 million 
and our regulatory capital resources represented just under 
200 per cent. of the Group’s current regulatory capital 
requirement. 

authorised corporate director (acd)
Historically a Group entity acted as the ACD of River and 
Mercantile Funds ICVC. However, in line with best practice 
an independent firm, Equity Trustees Fund Services Limited, 
was appointed as independent ACD in October 2019. As 
a result of this appointment, the Group ceased to hold 

investment management balances (assets and liabilities) 
hence these were nil at the year-end (2019: assets £22.3 
million; liabilities £22.3 million). There was no impact on the 
net assets of the Group.

intangible assets
The investment management agreements (IMA) in relation 
to the ILC business was acquired in 2017 for £0.1 million and 
a revenue trail for a period post acquisition. The acquisition 
resulted in the recognition of the IMA as an intangible asset, 
the value of which was fully impaired at the year-end due to 
reduced AUM, resulting in a full year charge of £1.1 million. 

Taxation
The effective tax rate on adjusted underlying profit was 
26 per cent. for the year ended 30 June 2020 (2019: 24 per 
cent.) reflecting unrelieved tax losses in the US. The statutory 
profit effective tax rate was 36 per cent. for the year ended 
30 June 2020 (2019: 23 per cent.) reflecting the impairment 
of the ILC IMAs without an associated deferred tax asset, the 
US loss position together with a reduced proportion of profit 
generated in the UK primarily due to lower performance fees 
for the period. 

distributable reserves
Following approval by Shareholders at the Company’s AGM 
in December 2019 to undertake a reduction in capital, and 
with a view to effecting this on approval from the Court, the 
Company capitalised its merger reserve of £44.4 million by 
paying up and issuing deferred shares in the Company (the 
“Deferred Shares”). The Company received Court approval in 
January 2020 to affect the reduction in capital by cancellation 
of the Deferred Shares, creating distributable reserves 
available to the Company.

As at 30 June 2020, the Company had £55.0 million of 
distributable reserves (2019: £10.8 million).

dividends
On 16 April 2020 an interim dividend of 4.39 pence was 
paid of which 0.5 pence was a special dividend in relation to 
net performance fee profit. The Directors have declared a 
second interim dividend of 2.81 pence per share to be paid 
on 20 November 2020 to shareholders on the register as at 
23 October 2020. The ex-dividend date will be 22 October 
2020. The Directors are proposing to shareholders a final 
dividend of 2.34 pence per share which will take total 
dividends per share paid, declared and proposed for the year 
ended 30 June 2020 to 9.54 pence per share representing 80 
per cent. of adjusted underlying profit after tax and 100 per 
cent. of performance fee profit after tax. The final dividend 
will be paid on 18 December 2020 to shareholders on the 
register as at 27 November 2020. The ex-dividend date will 
be 26 November 2020.

SiMon WilSon
CHIEF	FINANCIAL	OFFICER

 
 
 
20

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

cHieF inveStMent oFFiceR’S RevieW

MiKe FaulKneR
GROUP	CHIEF	INVESTMENT	OFFICER

“	Through	our	ESG	
process	we	are	seeking	
to	significantly	reduce	
the	cost	of	capital	for	
great	companies,	and	
to significantly	increase	
it	for	weak	ones.”

In my statement this year I would like to 
address the following key areas: 
 • Market environment and outlook;
 • New strategies we are seeking 

to offer;

 • Our approach to ESG in portfolio 

management; and

 • Overview of performance.

Market environment and outlook
While much attention – rightly – has 
been placed on the market’s reaction 
to COVID-19, from an investment 
perspective the market has been 
complicated. As we came out of 
2019 into 2020, our view was that 
the effect of global stimulus through 
lower bond yields would be stronger 
Emerging Market performance, 
and a return to strength of value as 
bond yields rose. For much of the 
first quarter of 2020, the concerns 
about COVID-19 were focussed on 
supply chain disruption rather than a 
pandemic. Therefore, when markets 
started falling significantly in February 
there was an initial question about 
whether this was simply a normal 
correction or something more. 

What transpired was that, as a result 
of higher volatility in markets caused 
by equity market hedging, some large 
funds were forced to de-leverage 
significantly. This put significant 
selling pressure on markets, which 
was amplified by the consequences 
of those offering protection to others 
needing to hedge themselves. It 
created a pro-cyclical environment, 
in which moves in a given direction 
require others to trade in the same 
direction. This effect on volatility was 
significant and led to the volatility 
index reaching 80 in March. 

This sell down was exacerbated by 
the oil price war that emerged during 
this period between Russia and 
Saudi Arabia, and also when it was 
becoming clear that COVID-19 was 
indeed a pandemic (although the 
“how bad?” was still yet to emerge). 

Part of the problem with this period is 
how seriously the credit markets were 
affected, on the way to what became 
a significant economic problem. 

Credit prices were already depressed, 
when it became clear that the 
economic environment was very 

21

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

difficult indeed. In our view, the 
Federal Reserve made some very 
good decisions for the health of the 
financial system, because it not only 
provided liquidity but also a basis 
upon which the credit markets could 
function and re-open. This has been 
a critical factor in the recovery of 
financial markets, in our view. 

The result has been that financial 
markets have recovered strongly 
from the March lows, to the point 
where it appears that equity and 
credit prices have disconnected from 
what would be normal economic 
reality. This is perhaps not surprising 
given the amount of stimulus we 
have seen and was more than likely 
unavoidable. I would also argue that 
the Federal Reserve has correctly 
determined that, in an environment 
where unemployment is likely to 
persist, it needs two things beyond 
government spending to mitigate the 
effect on gross domestic product:
 • Business expenditure, that at 
the margin will be higher the 
lower credit spreads are. It has 
successfully delivered this.

 • Higher consumer spending, which 
is influenced by the wealth effect 
(i.e. higher asset prices). It has 
successfully delivered this.

We therefore consider that the 
Federal Reserve has done an 
excellent job in this period in the 
face of an environment we have 
arguably never seen before. 

Our key macro themes, that we 
developed early on in this period 
and that will likely persist for 
some time are as follows:
 • the coming years will be a good 
environment for equities. When 
interest rates are low, and access 
to credit is easy at a cheap price, 
ownership of equities will tend to 
make sense.

 • Within equities, there will be 

big winners versus losers. Stock 
picking will matter. Whether or not 
it is fair, companies that came into 
this period with strong balance 
sheets will be less distracted than 

those that did not. It will give them 
options, and as a result they are 
more likely to win. 

 • this will be a good environment 
for growth. We remain as ever 
strong believers in value. But in an 
environment of low interest rates, 
the value of strong growth is all 
the greater, because bigger future 
cashflows are discounted at a lower 
rate. We believe it may take the 
market some time to catch up with 
the valuation implications of this. 
 • underweight illiquids, real estate 
will be difficult. At some point, 
Illiquids may get cheap enough that 
they are too compelling not to hold. 
But outside of credit, we believe the 
opportunities in listed markets are 
strong enough that illiquidity needs 
to become much cheaper to be 
compelling. In addition, other than in 
specific segments, we believe we are 
only in the early stages of how real 
estate use will change. Clearly the 
retail trend was already occurring, 
but remote working now means the 
desire for companies to cut office 
space footprints – especially in cities 
– is a trend that will take some time 
to play out. At the margins that may 
also influence residential property 
values in cities. Either way there is 
a lot of uncertainty in a segment 
that has capital intensity (not a great 
combination).

 • precious metals/real assets likely 
to continue to rally. We do not see 
interest rates rising for some time 
yet. This means we should expect 
lower real interest rates, which 
tends to be supportive of precious 
metals and other similar real assets. 
 • Bond yields to rise in the medium 
term. We believe this should occur 
as markets anticipate Central 
Bank balance sheets contracting, 
albeit we do not expect returning 
to historical norms. But rises of 
0.5–1 per cent. are not unrealistic in 
a two to three year timeframe.

Notwithstanding these points, we do 
expect markets and economic reality to 
re-connect at some point. 

There are two different ways I could 
see this happening:
 •

It becomes clear that the Federal 
Reserve will not backstop credit in 
all circumstances. Buying bonds 
does not make them creditworthy 
– the question is whether they will 
continue to buy or even offer debt 
to companies that are in significant 
economic trouble. Without this, our 
view would be that default rates 
would be expected to rise and 
credit spreads should be higher. 
This would re-connect markets to 
economic reality.

 • We see economic recovery of some 
form and as a result stimulus is 
removed. Stimulus is currently 
acting much like pain relief and 
when it stops being administered 
we would expect to see markets re-
connect (much as they did in 2010). 

For this reason, we are not advocating 
to clients to be “all in” on equities, but 
rather to remain more balanced for 
now, retaining some dry powder. 

new strategies
In the past, I have talked about our 
desire to add credit and illiquid 
capabilities if an appropriate 
opportunity arises. Given the 
comments above, we do not currently 
feel the same way about Illiquids. 
We do see significant opportunities 
in credit, specifically through strong 
covenant analysis for apparently 
weaker credits, and would very 
much like to add such a capability.

Our equity offerings are primarily 
value-based, and we remain strong 
believers in value as an approach. 
However, based on our view of growth 
in the coming years (unlike some we do 
not see value and growth as opposite) 
we would like to offer strategies in the 
“quality growth” space and therefore 
are looking at this very closely.

We welcomed James Sym to the 
business during the year from 
Schroders, who is very well 
regarded as a European equity value 
manager. We have just launched the 
European Fund targeted particularly 
toward the wholesale market to 
support growth of his AUM. 

 
 
 
22

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

cHieF inveStMent oFFiceR’S RevieW

continued

ESG is embedded across all of our 
investment strategies. In addition, 
we have been developing our own 
dedicated ESG solution to meet 
needs across the market. I discuss 
in the next section more fully how 
we approach this, but we believe 
we have a very strong offering and 
that this is here to stay. We expect 
to launch during calendar year 2020 
and have very substantial capacity 
and it brings together ESG and macro 
thinking into one strategy (which we 
believe is unique) and offers this in 
a relatively low tracking error form. 
It should therefore be attractive 
to a wide range of investors, and 
in particular defined contribution 
pensions where members will seek to 
express their support for responsible 
investment in an active fashion. 

eSG
In this section I want to provide an 
overview of how we think about ESG 
in the Global Responsible Equity 
Fund we are seeking to launch in 
the near term. We have for a long 
time taken account of ESG related 
themes in our equity strategies, 
but the approach we are taking in 
the ESG specific fund is different. 

The history of what we now call ESG 
investing is a long one. Back in the 
1990s there was something called the 
Institute for Tomorrow’s Company 
that we would argue was reaching for 
the same thing. Ethical investment 
became vogue soon after, although 
the Friends Provident Stewardship 
Fund had been around for some 
time before that. Subsequently 
we have had ESG, sustainability 
and responsible investment. 

We know that many people would 
argue there are significant differences 
between these and in one sense they 
are right – they are implemented in 
quite different ways. But we would 
argue that the issue – or the underlying 
question they are seeking to address – 
is essentially the same. That question 
is “does behaviour matter in the 
production of economic returns?”

Most people would probably find it 
hard to answer this question “no”. 
But obviously there are degrees. 
Some people think that if companies 
are behaving legally that’s fine. Most 
people wouldn’t think it’s acceptable 
to treat your employees terribly, or 
to support slavery, or engage with 
child labour etc. Other people are 
more extreme, and do not want to 
support any activity that is considered 
“bad”, such as manufacturing arms, 
tobacco and pornography.

But we are in a world that increasingly 
considers behaviour to be very 
important, and much more so than it 
used to. Politically it is important, and 
social media certainly has a hand in 
raising issues quickly and broadly in 
a way that can threaten companies 
who are behaving below what may be 
considered an appropriate standard.

At a very personal level we like the 
trend towards ESG, responsible 
investment, ethics, whatever we 
choose to call it. If we had to call 
it something, we’d call it conduct 
investment. What we’re really saying 
is that conduct towards a variety of 
stakeholders matters. It should. We see 
this as a backlash against a trend for 
the last twenty to thirty years towards 
companies’ focus on shareholder 
value, through a variety of approaches. 
Examples include Economic Value 
Added (in the classic Stern Stewart 
book from the 1990s), to measures 
intended to improve governance of 
corporates in shareholder interests. 
These were aimed at reducing the 
effects of a range of undesirable 
behaviours on the part of company 
management, where misalignment 
between their and shareholder 
objectives led to inappropriate 
decisions, the most obvious of which 
is value destructive acquisitions. 

One could argue that the increased 
focus on shareholder value may have 
been a factor in underweighting the 
emphasis towards other stakeholders, 
such as employees, communities, 
perhaps customers. The world 
is too complex ever to be able to 
prove this, but we can see how it 
might have had an influence. 

The very low increase in pay for 
the lowest paid in the US over 
the last thirty years has shown 
that the historical distribution of 
corporate gains, that was in the 
past shared between shareholders 
and employees, is now not 
particularly shared by the latter. 

Now, we are not arguing against 
economic returns, but rather that 
it is perhaps not surprising in an 
environment of worsening inequality, 
that corporate behaviour is under 
the spotlight. Especially given 
there is no shortage of very public 
examples of what on the face of 
it appears to be poor corporate 
behaviour. Is it reasonable for 
people to expect better? Almost 
certainly, but even if it isn’t, they do. 

The complexity of the issue is such 
that it is important for any investment 
organisation to set out the principles 
on which it applies thinking on ESG into 
a policy. This obviously recognises that 
people will disagree as individuals. 

We do believe as a house that good 
behaviour is important. We hope that 
we represent it ourselves and we 
expect it in others. But in investing, 
good behaviour cannot come at 
the price of returns that are not 
economic – we are seeking good 
economic investments in the first 
instance, that are achieved through 
a process that encourages good and 
improving behaviour or conduct.

Subject to producing strong economic 
returns, the overarching outcome 
that we are trying to effect through 
our ESG process is as follows:

We are seeking to significantly 
reduce the cost of capital for great 
companies, and to significantly 
increase it for weak ones. In doing 
so we believe that will either create 
an incentive for weak companies to 
improve, or for them to be acquired 
by great ones cheaply and for 
the improvement to be imposed. 
Both are accretive to shareholders 
and beneficial to society in 
improved behaviour.

23

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Because our approach is on directly 
influencing the cost of capital, it is 
focussed in the first instance on 
exclusion rather than engagement. 
We are, however, prepared in 
certain circumstances to consider 
companies that are not yet great 
but demonstrating a willingness to 
improve and are already making 
progress. This should be matched by 
an expectation of higher economic 
returns than we could achieve 
on already great companies. 

principles we adopt in pursuit of 
desired outcomes
Firstly, what we are not trying to do 
is take a view about which industry is 
good or bad. Certainly, we would not 
necessarily defend the impact of the 
energy industry on carbon emissions, 
but, without energy as it currently 
stands the world will grind to a halt. 
We should not behave in a way that, 
if successful, would be fundamentally 
detrimental to the functioning of the 
world’s economies and people’s health. 

Similarly, it is not for us to determine 
how humans spend their time, 
provided it is judged by governments 
to be legal. We are reminded of a 
question asked to Warren Buffett at the 
Berkshire Hathaway Annual General 
Meeting a couple or so years ago. At 
the time, the backlash against sugary 
drinks was in full flow, with some good 
reason. Warren and his partner Charlie 
Munger were asked about their view 
of Coca Cola (a significant Berkshire 
holding) considering this. Warren’s 
point was that he doesn’t see why his 
freedom to choose to consume 25% 
of his daily calories in Coke should be 
curtailed because of the decisions 
of others. It is a question of freedom 
expressed in a responsible way. 
Charlie Munger went much further 
and referred to the idea of this type 
of control as a “juvenile” argument. 

We’re not sure we’d use the same 
language, but the fact is the bedrock of 
most developed societies is freedom 
in a variety of forms, be it speech, 
movement, religion, etc. We may not 
always like the result, but we don’t 
yet have anything better. Hence 
the old saying “I do not agree with 
what you have to say, but I’ll defend 
to the death your right to say it.”

We therefore do not exclude industries 
or activities for what they do provided 
they are legal.

However, we do believe strongly that 
behaviour within these activities must 
continually improve. Within this, we 
believe that the most important means 
of change is a motivated, effective 
employee base that is meritocratic 
and diverse. Our view is that, where 
this exists, change in other areas 
such as attitude to environment, 
social engagement, governance and 
a range of stakeholders will happen. 
Without it, there is no policy applied 
by a board that will make this happen. 
This therefore forms the centrepiece 
of our approach to investment. 

We cannot say this strongly enough. If 
this isn’t present, the ability to effect 
or sustain any other change will be 
limited. Without employee support, 
companies have no sustainability 
strategy and therefore no ability 
to effect behavioural change.

We believe that innovation is the next 
most important factor. If a company 
is not able to innovate, then however 
good it once was it is unlikely to survive 
effectively in the long run. It will not 
hang on to good people and therefore 
it will be unable to effect change. 

Finally, we look for outcomes in the 
traditional ESG dimensions. These 
are, in a sense, outcomes of the 
other areas. We would certainly 
like to see success in aggregate 
across these factors. But they 
are arguably measurements of 
underlying fundamentals, rather 
than fundamentals in themselves.

While relatively simple, these 
represent the outcomes and 
principles we employ in our ESG 
approach. In summary, these are:

1.  We seek to achieve change in the 
cost of capital for good and weak 
companies, in order to effect 
behavioural change. As a result, we 
focus primarily on exclusion.

2.  We focus in the first instance 

on companies with a motivated, 
effective employee base that is 
meritocratic and diverse. We believe 
this is the engine of all change.

3.  We are then interested in companies 
that reflect innovation as a means 
of achieving sustainability and 
retaining its great people.

4.  We seek to measure the 

effectiveness of this through change 
in the traditional ESG factors.

5.  We do not seek to exclude based on 
industry. Rather we seek to reward 
change from within by supporting 
the better, more transformational 
companies within each industry.

6.  We employ these principles in a 
pragmatic way, considering each 
company in the context of their peer 
group. We consider industry, as well 
as geography, market cap and style.

7.  These principles are integrated into 
our wider investment process in a 
way which reflects our desire for 
behavioural change, but not at the 
cost of economic returns.

We have brought all of these principles 
together in our GREF and have already 
begun the process of discussing this 
with clients.

performance
The table on page 25 summarises the 
performance achieved over our range 
of strategies. As well as the long-term 
track records being relatively strong, 
what this does illustrate is the range 
of outcomes in the short run, as our 
strategies aim to achieve different 
things. We will seek to extend this 
diversity of strategy in the future.

This information is disclosed in order 
to allow shareholders to assess the 
current performance of our investment 
strategies. While historical investment 
performance is not an indicator of 
future investment performance, 
the long term track records of our 
strategies give shareholders an 
indication of the sustainability of 
our investment performance across 
different investment cycles. 

The information regarding the capacity 
of the strategies gives shareholders an 
indication of the potential scale of the 
opportunities in each of the strategies 
to determine the potential for future 
growth in AUM and revenues. 

 
 
 
24

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

cHieF inveStMent oFFiceR’S RevieW

continued

Except as indicated to the contrary in 
the table to the right, all investment 
performance is shown before the 
Group’s management and performance 
fees are deducted. This gross of 
fees basis is chosen as it enables 
comparison of investment returns 
to be made across share classes and 
clients with different fee arrangements. 
The benchmark and target used to 
calculate relative performance is also 
on a gross of fees basis. Accordingly, 
we believe that the presentation of the 
gross investment performance allows 
shareholders to more clearly assess 
the potential for each of the strategies, 
independent of the investors’ specific 
contractual fee arrangements.

All of our strategies have produced 
outcomes that are consistent with 
the approach they take to generate 
returns. I continue to consider that our 
investment team has strong talent and 
capability and is well placed to continue 
to produce great results through time. 

overall summary
Our strategies have performed as we 
would expect in the environment we 
have faced. We believe the market 
environment we expect to face should 
support our various strategies, but 
also would be strengthened by adding 
quality growth and credit capabilities. 
We expect to launch funds in ESG 
and European Value, and there are 
additional strategies such as Market 
Neutral Equity and Discretionary 
Macro that, dependent on bandwidth, 
we will also look to develop, which 
will additionally strengthen our 
market positioning and serve to 
diversify the business further.

As a result, I believe we remain 
well placed to deliver on our client 
objectives, as well as offer attractive 
new strategies to support growth.

MiKe FaulKneR
GROUP	CHIEF	INVESTMENT	OFFICER

inFRaStRuctuRe
OUR	CLIENTS’	EMPLOYEES	BUILD	
THE	INFRASTRUCTURE	THAT	IS	
THE	BACKBONE	OF	OUR	COUNTRY	
– WHILE	WE	FOCUS	ON	GROWING	
AND	PROTECTING	THEIR	ASSETS.

25

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Annualised	Investment	Performance
By	Investment	Strategy

StaBilitY/RetuRn GeneRation
Fiduciary DB1
RAMIL Stable Growth Fund
Fiduciary DC – Long-Term Growth
Fiduciary DC – Stable Growth
Fiduciary DC – Cautious Growth

Dynamic Asset Allocation
Global Macro
US Solutions

total Solutions auM

RetuRn GeneRation – incoMe
UK Equity Income
RetuRn GeneRation – SpecialiSt
UK Equity Smaller Companies
UK Recovery
Global Recovery
Global Recovery Focus Segregated
Global Recovery Concentrated Segregated
RetuRn GeneRation – coRe
UK Equity High Alpha
UK Core Segregated
UK Dynamic Equity
UK Micro Cap Investment Company
Global High Alpha
International High Alpha
Segregated Mandates2
ilc eMeRGinG MaRKetS
Global EM
Small/Mid Cap

total equity Solutions auM

Structured Equity
LDI

total derivatives auM

total auM

AUM	£bn

30	June	 
2020

Estimated
Capacity4  
£bn

1	Year	(%)

5	Years	(%	p.a.)

Since	Inception	(%	p.a.)

Absolute

Relative

Absolute

Relative

Absolute

Relative

Date

 12.3 
 1.0 
 0.1 
 0.1 
 0.1 

 0.2 
 0.2 
 0.8 

 14.8 

 0.1 

 0.3 
 0.2 
 0.3 
 0.1 
 0.5 

 0.1 
 0.2 
 0.1 
 0.1 
 0.2 
 0.0 
1.9

 0.1 
 0.0 

 4.2 

7.4
17.8

25.2

44.2

10.4%
(1.0%)
0.3%
0.8%
2.7%

(0.5%)
(8.8%)
1.2%

(1.4%)
(4.7%)
(6.3%)
(5.7%)
(6.1%)

(5.4%)
n/a
(2.2%)

9.6%
4.8%
6.1%
5.7%
6.4%

4.5%
n/a
4.7%

1.1%
1.2%
(2.2%)
(2.1%)
(2.0%)

(0.2%)
n/a
(1.0%)

9.5%
7.2%
7.8%
7.0%
7.6%

4.4%
4.2%
5.6%

1.7% Jan 04
3.4% Dec 08
(2.0%) Oct 11
(1.4%) Oct 11
(0.0%) Oct 11

(0.3%) Sep 14
n/a Mar 18
(0.5%) Aug 13

50.0

10.0
10.0
1.6

71.6

1.5

(3.8%)

10.9%

2.9%

0.5%

9.9%

1.8% Feb 09

5.9% 16.6%
(0.2%)
(13.8%)
(10.5%)
(14.5%)

(14.9%)
(8.6%)
(8.3%)
(11.7%)

(16.0%)
(6.6%)
(6.6%)
(5.8%)
(6.6%)
n/a
n/a

(1.3%)
8.1%
8.0%
4.9%
(11.7%)
n/a
n/a

7.6%
3.5%
7.0%
1.8%
n/a

2.2%
3.8%
4.1%
11.6%
8.9%
n/a
n/a

11.3%
5.5%
1.1% 10.0%
10.6%
(4.7%)
10.5%
(4.7%)
5.8%
n/a

6.0%
(0.2%)
6.6%
1.4%
1.7%
5.8%
9.4% 12.3%
9.2%
(2.8%)
8.5%
n/a
n/a
n/a

7.4% Nov 06
4.3%
Jul 08
0.1% Mar 13
2.1% Feb 12
(3.1%) Apr 16

1.9% Nov 06
2.0% Nov 10
2.0% Mar 07
8.3% Dec 14
(1.6%) Dec 14
(0.2%) May 20

n/a

(2.3%)
(8.1%)

1.1%
0.7%

2.5%
(0.5%)

(0.4%)
0.9%

2.8%
1.9%

0.5% Jan 12
2.3% Jan 13

n/a3

Dec 05
Dec 05

0.8
0.5
1.6
0.5
1.5

0.8
0.5
2.0
0.1
6.0
3.8
n/a

3.5
2.0

25.1

>20
>30

>50

>100

Z share class (gross of fees) performance for all funds except the ES R&M UK Equity Income and ES R&M UK Equity Smaller Companies funds which is B class performance. 
Performance for the ES R&M UK Equity Income Fund B share class (Inc) and the ES R&M UK Equity Smaller Companies Fund B share class (accumulation units) is net of an 
annual management charge of 0.75% per annum. 

1.  Fiduciary Defined Benefit (DB) reflects an equally weighted composite of all full fiduciary active schemes total portfolio returns against its full liabilities benchmark where 

used to report to the client, does not include schemes with asset restrictions. 

2.  Segregated mandates are measured against specific client benchmarks and therefore a composite performance benchmark is not meaningful. 
3.  Derivatives mandates do not target investment outperformance therefore this is not measured.
4.  Capacity is the estimated maximum level of assets that could be managed without compromising the relevant investment strategy.

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

SaleS and MaRKetinG RevieW

david HanRattY
GLOBAL	HEAD	OF	DISTRIBUTION

introduction
As highlighted in the Group Chief 
Executive’s Statement, we commenced 
a significant development programme 
in our Distribution operation this 
year, one that will continue into the 
next financial year as we develop 
a technically focussed and results 
orientated distribution business. 

Our distribution strategy remains 
focussed on developing high value, 
one to one relationships, whether with 
wholesale investors, intermediaries 
or institutional investors. We 
will also adapt this strategy to 
introduce appropriate distribution 
partnerships to complement our 
internal capabilities, allowing us access 
to new markets. This partnership 
approach facilitates the use of 
established networks by providing 
the manufacturing expertise to 
complement the brand and service 
platform of local and regional players.

We have four discrete sales teams 
within our Distribution business, 
each extremely well placed to 
deliver meaningful growth. That 
potential is enhanced by the product 
and infrastructure developments 
described in the Group Chief 
Executive’s Statement and Chief 
Investment Officer’s review. Market 
demand, quality relevant product 
and modern distribution architecture 
are the essential components for 
success and taking each business 
channel in turn it will be evident 
that we have all the ingredients 
to make significant progress.

uK institutional 
At the core of the UK Institutional 
investment segment is the 
occupational pension system. More 
than anywhere else the rapid evolution 
of the market has dramatically 
changed the demand profile. River 
and Mercantile is better placed 
than most to access old and new 
world opportunities. We have had 
support from the intermediaries for 
our investment components used 
in advisory arrangements for many 
years and this continued to be a focus. 

27

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

We also have the longest history of 
any provider in delegated fiduciary 
management and alongside that we 
possess a market leading derivative 
capability. Our skillset plays to the key 
trends for further delegation, ESG 
friendly strategies, more outcome 
targeted strategies both synthetic and 
real, driven by the mature challenges 
facing DB schemes and the rapid 
growth of Defined Contribution (DC). 

We have doubled the size of the sales 
team under the leadership of Arabella 
Townshend; we have dedicated 
specialist groups focusing on the 
three main sub-channels of investor, 
intermediary and independent trustee 
but with complete coordination and 
understanding of the nuances across 
these markets. Our pipeline has 
grown significantly in recent months 
and is reassuringly diverse. We have 
material live opportunities mapped 
out for the next year in Fiduciary 
Management (both CMA driven and 
new delegations), ESG global equity 
and structured equity and LDI. The 
new products coming through will 
only reinforce our ability to build scale 
and compete in the modern business 
lines in the UK institutional market.

uK Wholesale
Though there is much to report in our 
UK Wholesale business one of the 
most significant factors in our favour 
is the continued vertical integration 
in the financial advice market and 
the push towards discretionary 
management relationships with 
clients. This is a subject in itself, but 
the effect is that a retail brand will 
become unnecessary (apart from DIY 
investors), and as more assets are 
controlled by professional manager 
research teams then it is investment 
quality and service that will determine 
success. This opens up pools of 
assets to River and Mercantile that 
once would have been closed to us. 

We have made some fundamental 
changes to our Wholesale business 
and in recent months we have doubled 
the size of the UK Wholesale team 
which includes the appointment of 

Simon Smith from Merian to head 
that business. Historically our product 
offering has been quite narrow with 
the majority of the assets being 
raised in UK equity strategies. We 
have implemented a new distribution 
strategy, strongly focussed on 
the largest tier one accounts. The 
expanded team has allowed us to 
move to a more efficient territorial 
coverage model and, in keeping with 
our institutional heritage, we are now 
competing in the growing wholesale 
mandate market which is growing 
on the back of the trend for vertical 
integration mentioned earlier. 

In the second half of the year we 
received confirmation that we had 
won our first segregated mandate 
originating from the wholesale market 
which funded in Q1 of the current 
financial year. We are confident our 
UK Wholesale business can deliver 
growth in the next few years and it 
remains our highest margin business. 
That belief is borne out by not only 
the renewed strength of the team 
but the addition of new strategies to 
diversify our offering, starting with 
the launch of the European Fund, 
managed by James Sym who joined in 
the summer. The product set will be 
further widened with the acquisition 
of new capabilities as set out in the 
Group Chief Executive’s Statement. In 
a short time, we will have transformed 
our UK Wholesale proposition from a 
small team promoting UK equities to a 
larger team with a much broader array 
of competitive products, in a market 
that is coming to us in the way asset 
management products are accessed.

australia
The appointment of Tim Horan to 
head our Australian business two 
years ago and the opening of offices 
were signs of our commitment to 
grow. Australian distribution is now 
profitable and we are transferring 
one of our senior investment people, 
Barbara Wilson, to join Tim as and 
when travel restrictions introduced in 
the COVID-19 pandemic are relaxed. 
Our focus remains the Superannuation 
Funds market which continues to 
consolidate as many have predicted. 

As in our other distribution activities, 
this is a ‘business to professional’ 
segment where investment quality and 
service are critical. You will recognise 
a familiar thread once more regarding 
product diversification. Our business 
was established by securing assets 
into Global Equity strategies managed 
by Hugh Sergeant and we are now 
extending our offerings. The addition 
of our Global ESG, Global Macro and 
Emerging Market Equity Strategies 
allows us access to a wider range 
of searches in areas where we have 
credibility and track record. We have 
established relationships with the 
large Superannuation Funds that we 
have targeted and the addition of local 
specialist investment resource and 
the wider product opportunity set 
means we are well placed to continue 
to deliver strong growth in Australia.

uS
The development of our US 
distribution business is an area of 
focus for the coming year. So far we 
have concentrated on addressing the 
manufacturing angle in energising 
our distribution in the US. In May 
2020 we launched pooled vehicles 
for exempt and taxable institutional 
investors. We made them available in 
existing strategies where there was 
evidenced market demand, Global 
Equity, Global Macro and Emerging 
Market Equities, and in an important 
step we launched an International 
High Alpha (INHA) strategy managed 
by Will Lough. Other than US Equities, 
International Equity is the largest 
equity allocation made by US investors. 
As well as demonstrating commitment 
to the market, we have created the 
opportunity to tap into a significant 
pool and flow of assets as a successful 
track record is built. Our concentration 
this coming year will be on bolstering 
the distribution presence and 
developing well-resourced sales and 
marketing plans to take advantage of 
the stronger manufacturing platform. 

david HanRattY
GLOBAL	HEAD	OF	DISTRIBUTION

 
 
 
28

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

opeRationS RevieW

FRan FaHeY
GROUP	CHIEF	OPERATING	OFFICER

introduction
We are pleased to report that 
our move to working remotely in 
late March 2020 was seamless, 
without business disruption or 
operational issues. We adapted 
to the new working environment 
quickly, addressing the new working 
practice challenges and risks they 
presented. We continue to look to 
develop and improve our working 
practices as the situation evolves.

industry backdrop
In addition to addressing the necessary 
changes in working practices as a 
result of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the asset management industry 
continues to go through significant 
structural operational change. There 
are a number of themes driving this 
transformation from operational 
resilience requirements, ongoing 
regulatory change and the need 
to address operational agility, to 
increasing data, analytics and reporting 
demands and margin pressures. 

investment in our infrastructure
With this backdrop in mind and to 
support the growth strategy set 
out in the Group Chief Executive’s 
Statement we will continue to invest 
in our infrastructure to ensure we 
have a resilient and scalable operating 
platform, to drive efficiencies and 
minimise operational risk. This 
investment programme will allow the 
Group to drive down the marginal 
cost of adding new business and give 
the Group greater opportunities to 
partner with specialist third party 
providers. As part of this programme, 
we have reviewed our infrastructure 
and designed a consistent Group 
wide target operating model that 
will meet our future needs. The 
planned investment will be phased 
over the next few years and can be 
grouped into three main areas:

 • distribution 

infrastructure;

 • operational 

 •

infrastructure; and
it infrastructure and  
data architecture.

29

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

distribution infrastructure 
To support the investment in our 
distribution capabilities and the growth 
of a large high quality distribution 
network, as discussed in the Sales and 
marketing review, we need to have a 
best in class distribution operating 
platform with the full suite of client 
service applications integrated into 
high quality client data. This is essential 
in helping develop sales strategy, 
directing and managing sales activity, 
and generating powerful management 
information that informs analysis 
all the way along the value chain.

We have put in place a clear client data 
governance and business ownership 
framework, and have completed the 
first phase of the implementation 
and roll out of a market leading Client 
Relationship Manager (CRM) platform 
across the Group globally, which is now 
the golden source of all our client data. 
The CRM system is the platform around 
which the whole client service model 
revolves. It has enhanced opportunity 
tracking capabilities, curated client 
data and automated marketing 
functionality and enables the 
distribution team to have visibility of 
all relevant client activity globally with 
the ability to manage it in an efficient, 
structured data driven environment. 

The next phase will focus on building 
out the functionality of the CRM 
system and expanding its integrated 
applications. Then as we progress our 
operational, IT and data architecture 
projects we will be able integrate 
the CRM system with the relevant 
systems to incorporate investment 
and accounting data (AUM, flows and 
portfolio data), leading to improved 
client reporting processes.

In parallel with the first phase of 
the CRM project, we have simplified 
and standardised our processes 
and implemented a single Request 
For Particulars (RFP) tool across the 
Group, which we are in the process 
of rolling out. In a similar vein, we 
are currently reviewing and refining 
our on-boarding processes with the 
intention of implementing one tool 
across the Group, centralising the 
process to enhance efficiency.

operational infrastructure 
We are committed to building an 
efficient, scalable operating platform 
which can meet the business growth 
demands. We aim to increase operating 
efficiency, improve operational 
resilience and address the changing 
needs around client product demand. 

We are investing in a common 
Order Management and Portfolio 
Management Solution (OMS/PMS) to 
provide a standard Investment Book 
of Record across all divisions. This 
will allow for standardisation of core 
common processes, leveraging new 
cloud-based technologies to maximise 
efficiency, increase flexibility and 
scalability and improve marginal costs 
in delivering the Group strategy. After 
completing a detailed research and 
design phase, we have commenced 
the vendor selection process, and are 
finalising the technical implementation 
plan. This is a significant change project 
which is being carefully phased to 
ensure seamless business continuity.

Alongside the OMS/PMS project we 
are also reviewing our investment 
performance measurement, attribution 
and risk systems to ensure that they 
meet our future requirements.

it infrastructure and data 
architecture 
We have undertaken an IT strategy 
review and are accelerating the 
move to the “cloud” by ensuring 
all new applications are SaaS 
(software as a service) compatible. 
Operating a “Cloud First” strategy 
will reduce the need for traditional 
IT infrastructure spend in the future. 

With the move to SaaS based 
technology, we are taking the 
opportunity to update and 
modernise our data architecture. 
This will allow for the ability to 
quickly meet client and regulatory 
demands around custom data sets 
like ESG and regulatory reporting 
alongside the more traditional 
data sets. The data infrastructure 
project will introduce improved data 
governance and allow for greater 
transparency and reduce the risks of 
maintaining operational resilience. 

This modernised approach will 
enable us to focus spend on core 
differentiating areas of development 
rather than maintaining non-core 
areas. This strategy will also facilitate 
the integration of 3rd party best 
of breed applications, allowing for 
operational agility while optimising 
the infrastructure wallet. 

The investment in our IT infrastructure 
and data architecture will position 
the Group strongly to support future 
organic and inorganic growth. 

FRan FaHeY
GROUP	CHIEF	OPERATING	OFFICER

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
30

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

people, SuStainaBilitY and  
coRpoRate Social ReSponSiBilitY

In the last financial 
year we embedded our 
approach to corporate 
and social responsibility 
through community, 
environment and 
Stewardship. As explained, 
we are enhancing this 
approach by incorporating 
two additional pillars; 
namely people and 
innovation, in 2020. By 
doing this, we believe we 
will promote a sustainable 
future that benefits all.

Our core Corporate Social Responsibility principles are set out below: 

1. Responsible stewardship
A commitment that our corporate culture, strategy and investment beliefs 
lead to responsible stewardship. This includes integrating responsible 
investment issues into our decision-making for the benefit of our clients 
together with the aim of sustainable benefits for the economy, the 
environment and society.

2. people 
We aim to create value for all stakeholders through having high levels of trust 
and cooperation between employees, customers and the stakeholders we 
serve. This includes best practice governance, adhering to regulation, treating 
people equally, respecting human rights and promoting diversity.

3. community 
As a responsible corporation we aim to foster a sense of social responsibility 
within our organisation and, in turn, make a positive impact within the 
communities we operate. This includes supporting our corporate and 
employee initiatives in endeavours to give back.

4. environment
We aim to create value for all stakeholders without causing undue harm to 
the environment, nor compromising the ability of future generations to do so. 
This includes acting in an environmentally responsible manner, to deliver an 
effective strategy with proper consideration for our natural surroundings.

5. innovation
As a sustainable business, we require constant innovation to respond to 
changes in market fundamentals, the environment and society. This is 
imperative for long-term value, for the benefit of all stakeholders. We take a 
broad view of innovation, which we believe encapsulates changes in strategy, 
process and the products we develop. Innovation is also fostered through 
diverse perspectives.

eated by Andi Nur Abdillahoject31

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

our people

People are one of the key pillars 
of our 2025 strategy as they are 
critical to the success of the Group. 
We are committed to upscaling and 
upskilling our human capital through 
recruiting, retaining and developing 
our employees. To do this more 
effectively the Group is currently 
developing an “Employee Value 
Proposition” (EVP) that incorporates 
purpose, employee voice, effective 
leadership and appropriate incentives. 
This proposition is under-pinned by 
the Group’s principles and values.

On a quarterly basis the Group 
holds Townhall meetings to provide 
employees with an update on 
business performance and to give 
an opportunity to ask questions 
directly to senior management. We 
have continued to do this remotely 
during the COVID-19 pandemic. This 
engagement has been enhanced over 
the last six months and the Group 
Chief Executive has undertaken regular 
live broadcasts to the whole Group 
and writes a weekly email to all staff 
covering all aspects of our business. 

The Group has committed to 
undertaking an employee engagement 
survey every two years and is due to 
run the second survey in autumn 2020.

As reported last year, there was a 76% 
response rate and an overall rate of 
engagement of 59%. The 2018 survey 
showed several areas for improvement 
including the need for greater 
collaboration and communication, 
and improvement in our technology 
infrastructure. Many of these areas are 
being addressed continuously. There 
have been significant improvements 
in the technology infrastructure 
over the past two years. Through 
the regular Group Chief Executive 
updates, briefings and Townhalls 
which, as already highlighted, have 
continued throughout the pandemic, 
communication has also improved. In 
2018 we brought our business together 
into two offices in the City and we are 
already looking into options for having 
a single office space to support better 
collaboration and communication. 

principles

integrity

authenticity

Respect

community

We understand that any sense of us operating without integrity 
will destroy our business; clients don’t want to engage with 
people they can’t trust.

One of the important things that differentiates us is our 
authenticity. Many of our new employees have commented on 
how genuine they find our people. We encourage a sense that 
people are direct and clear about what they believe. 

We expect people to be candid with others, however this must 
be done with respect. Our people think about how they frame 
their views in a way that is respectful to other team members.

Internally, our people are helpful in supporting the good of the 
organisation and externally, we encourage people to do things 
that have genuine benefit for others; we aim to make a 
difference through the things we do, including charitable work 
and contributions.

diversity

We believe that a diversity of perspectives and thought, when 
part of an inclusive culture, results in better judgments and 
decision making.

 
 
 
32

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

people, SuStainaBilitY and  
coRpoRate Social ReSponSiBilitY

continued

our people continued

values
The Group has an established set of values against which we expect all of our 
employees to operate. We will be enhancing and updating these as part of the 
development of the EVP.

Passionate	about	client	success
We expect our people to be passionate about client success. We care about our 
clients. We gauge this by whether clients believe our commitment.

Creative	–	involving,	challenging	and	convincing	others
Creativity is critical to our client proposition. We aim to keep reinventing 
ourselves to achieve our business objectives of growth and to avoid becoming 
commoditised. This is best achieved by bringing together diverse people to 
debate issues. We therefore seek to hire and advance people who are creative, 
who involve others to get higher quality input and are comfortable challenging. 
In debate, we do not recognise hierarchy, only the quality of the argument.

Open,	candid	and	constructive
We expect our people to be open with information and their views. We expect 
people to be candid, particularly in the management of others and want all 
interaction to be constructive.

Demanding	of	our	best
We aim to stretch ourselves and each other to be the best we can. We are 
demanding of our people and we are committed to helping them achieve 
excellence. We expect people to express constructively their disappointment for 
anything that is mediocre, be it client work, performance or internal processes.

Commercial	in	all	that	we	do
Commerciality means more than just profitability. We aim to engage in client 
relationships in a way that works for both the client and our business. Ultimately, 
commerciality is about how we balance risk and cost against potential reward.

performance
The Group’s values describe the 
behaviours that the business considers 
to be critical to success. Behaviours not 
consistent with the values are identified 
and dealt with through reduced 
variable pay, through development 
or by performance management.

To assist in this process, the Group 
has identified a number of behavioural 
competences which measure our 
employees’ performance against 
the Group’s values and feed into 
the Group’s annual performance 
appraisal programme.

Reward and recognition
As well as offering competitive base 
salaries the Group runs a discretionary 
employee bonus scheme which is 
dependent on personal and business 
performance. Bonuses may be paid 
as cash or as part of the Company’s 
deferred equity plan under which 
payments may be made in units 
of funds or in Company shares. 

The Company also runs an annual 
Save-As-You-Earn scheme and during 
this financial year 157,457 shares 
were exercised by 31 employees.

River and Mercantile Derivatives 
won the award for LDI Manager of 
the Year at the Pensions Age Awards 
2020 for the 3rd year running and 
River and Mercantile Solutions won 
Fiduciary Manager of the Year at the 
Professional Pensions UK Awards 2020.

Work life balance, and health 
and wellbeing
The Group understands the need to 
take a balanced approach between 
work and home life. In 2018–2019 the 
Group enhanced its maternity and 
holiday entitlements and continues to 
offer flexible working arrangements 
to all employees where it is possible. 
The need to work remotely during 
the COVID-19 pandemic has allowed 
us to understand much more 
clearly where and how remote 
working and flexible working can be 
accommodated in the businesses. 

As a result, there are plans underway 
to review and develop a more 
effective use of technology and 
physical office space in the future. 

We will be developing the Group’s 
approach to agile working and 
embedding this into the formal and 
informal arrangements we have with 
our employees. Agile working brings 
many advantages and efficiencies; 
however, we must be cognisant of the 
challenges this also provides for some 
of the workforce. We are a people and 
ideas rich organisation and it is difficult 
to place a value on the spontaneous 
conversations between colleagues. 
Over the last six to nine months we 
have missed the chance conversations, 
unplanned questions, the ability to 
learn from colleagues, along with the 
training and camaraderie that the 
office provides. At its best, an office 
can be a cauldron for new ideas 
and enhanced collaboration and we 
recognise the danger if this is lost.

Employees are offered comprehensive 
medical insurance which incorporates 
many health and wellbeing features 
including an employee assistance 
helpline, wellbeing assessments 
and workshops on key topics like 
managing stress and lifestyle. We 
have continued to provide this 
support during the pandemic by 
issuing guidance, providing resources 
and maintaining communication.

We have undertaken a full risk 
assessment of both of our City offices 
and those overseas and in line with 
government guidance allow employees 
to attend the office where they are 
unable to work effectively from home. 
Our UK offices are COVID-19 secure. We 
provided COVID-19 guidelines to those 
who attended the office and Health 
and Safety measures were put in place 
in line with government guidance.

Our mental health first aiders 
continue to provide support to 
our employees and have managed 
10 enquiries in the past year.

The Group continues to offer to all 
employees the opportunity to benefit 
from the cycle to work salary sacrifice 
scheme and this has been extended 
during the last six months due to 
the exceptional circumstances.

33

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Food FoR tHouGHt
OUR	CLIENTS’	EMPLOYEES	HELP	
TO FEED	US	ALL.

Recruitment
The Group is committed to the 
fair and equitable treatment of 
all employees and applicants 
in the recruitment process.

During the year several workshops 
focusing on developing recruitment 
skills have been rolled out to the 
Group’s line managers. In addition, 
recruitment technology was 
implemented this year that will 
allow us to monitor recruitment 
from several perspectives including 
effectiveness, equality and cost.

diversity and inclusion
The Group will continue to focus on 
diversity and inclusion at all levels 
as it is one of our key principles and 
forms part of the work we intend 
to undertake developing our EVP. 
The Company will launch a Diversity 
Action Plan in 2020–21 with a series 
of key deliverables including data 
collection, training for key managers 
and technology for monitoring 
recruitment KPIs including diversity 
related indicators. This first step will 
allow us to understand the specific 
challenges we face and put in place 
more targeted actions. We are also a 
member of the Diversity Project and 
our Group Chief Executive is a member 
of the project’s Advisory Board and 
our Group Head of Investments is 
a member of its Steering Group.

The Group continues to disclose 
the gender balance of senior 
management and their direct 
reports as required by the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code which 
follows the recommendation of the 
UK’s Hampton-Alexander Review.

27.8% of our Board and Senior 
Management are female and 23.2% 
of the upper quartile of the Group 
in terms of seniority are female. 
River and Mercantile Group was a 
sponsor of the “Count me in” initiative 
run by the Institute and Faculty of 
Actuaries. Last year as part of this 
initiative our employees spoke to 
children about diversity and the 
careers available in our industry.

Gender	balance	as	at	30	June	2020

Position

Female

Male

Directors
Senior management
Senior management 
direct reports

total employees

2
3
14

70

4
9
50

206

Gender pay reporting
Although the Company is not obliged 
to publish the gender pay reporting 
analysis as it does not have 250 
or more UK based employees, it is 
included here for general information, 
and is comparable to our industry 
peers. It is also notable that the 
same proportion of men and women 
receive a bonus, albeit there is a 
wider gender gap with bonus than on 
pay which is reflective of the existing 
gender seniority pattern, as can be 
seen from the second table below. 
We are developing an action plan to 
drive change over time. Ultimately 
in the short to medium term any 
significant changes will require 
the hiring of more senior women 
in a very competitive market.

2020

2019

Gender	 
pay	gap	–	 

mean

Gender	 
pay	gap	–	 
median

Gender	bonus	
gap	–	mean

Gender	bonus	
gap	–	median

Proportion of 
men	getting	
bonus

Proportion  
of	women	
getting	bonus

20.4%

17.9%

39.6%

41.4%

86.8%

94.6%

Gender	 
pay	gap	–	 

mean

Gender	 
pay	gap	–	 
median

Gender	bonus	
gap	–	mean

Gender	bonus	
gap	–	median

Proportion of 
men	getting	
bonus

Proportion  
of	women	
getting	bonus

24.6%

24.6%

31.5%

41.2%

87.9%

87.7%

 
 
 
34

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

people, SuStainaBilitY and  
coRpoRate Social ReSponSiBilitY

continued

our people 
continued

The mean gender pay gap is a measure 
of the difference between women’s 
average hourly wage and men’s 
average hourly wage. The median 
hourly rate is calculated by ranking 
employees from the highest paid to 
the lowest paid and taking the middle 
hourly wage in the sample. The median 
gender pay gap is the difference 
between women’s median hourly wage 
and the men’s median hourly wage.

We compare the same mean and 
median figures with bonus amounts. 
As can be seen we have improved 
our median and mean gender pay 
gap from 2019 to 2020 by addressing 
some obvious areas in salary and 
roles for female members of staff. 
We have also increased the number 
of women receiving a bonus from 
87.7% to 94.6%. However, this has had 
an impact on the mean and median 
bonus pay gap with more junior roles 
held by women receiving bonus. It is 
clear that the solutions to improving 
the pay gap will take some time and 
effort to address and we will continue 
to look at ways we can improve the 
numbers of women in senior roles.

advancement
All employees have an equal 
opportunity for advancement, 
including training and development. 
The Group operates an internal 
grading system which provides 
career pathing and supports a 
promotion process that is calibrated 
by the Group Chief Executive, HR and 
representatives of the Group Executive 
Committee. During the financial year 
31 employees were promoted.

training development and 
professional qualifications
The Group has delivered a wide 
range of general and management 
training over the financial year 
and has offered time and financial 
assistance to those employees 
undertaking professional qualifications. 
In the year ending June 2020 the 

Group spent £200,500 centrally 
on development for our people, 
including qualifications, professional 
memberships and training. That is 
a spend of over £800 per employee 
per year on development. Our 
businesses also funds continuing 
professional development such as 
conferences, events and local technical 
development separately. COVID-19 
has impacted this spend in 2020 as 
the spend was 19% less than in 2019.

The Group has recently implemented 
an online performance management 
platform and all employees have 
received training on how to use the 
system, set objectives and record 
personal development plans. This 
platform was used to drive the 
employee certification process in 2020. 
We will look to enhance and improve 
these systems over the coming years 
to ensure that they remain relevant to 
the changing needs of our business.

All employees are required to complete 
mandatory compliance training. 
Since the implementation of senior 
managers and certification regime 
the Group has invested extensively 
in training employees and has rolled 
out a number of training sessions 
for the Group’s directors and senior 
managers. In 2020–2021 the Group 
will roll out conduct rules training 
to all employees. The Group sees 
training around all elements of the 
SMCR as an ongoing commitment.

The Group remains fully supportive 
of apprenticeships and as an 
apprenticeship levy paying 
organisation, the Group has access 
to levy funds which are being 
utilised to support management 
development programmes at Levels 
3 and 5, business administration 
and finance qualifications.

Sustainability 
and stewardship

River and Mercantile takes our role as 
custodians of our clients assets very 
seriously and we have been working to 
develop and enhance our approach to 
environmental, social and governance 
(ESG) matters and initiatives. 
Considerations of our role as stewards 
and an evolving understanding of 
stewardship being “the responsible 
allocation, management and oversight 
of capital to create long-term value for 
clients, leading to sustainable benefits 
for the economy, the environment 
and society” as defined in the 2020 
UK Stewardship Code, are consistent 
with our clients’ evolving investment 
needs and expectations. Therefore, 
stewardship plays an expanding role 
in the Group’s focus on delivering 
investment solutions to meet those 
needs. As the Group combines 
asset management and institutional 
solutions, the different divisions 
fulfil their stewardship obligations 
in subtly different ways but based 
around some core principles. 

River and Mercantile is a sustainable 
business that aims to compound 
value for all stakeholders over the 
long term. It is a responsible steward 
of capital with a culture of longevity. 
It will strive for sustainability through 
the pillars of Responsible Stewardship, 
People, Community, Environment 
and Innovation, leading to positive 
long-term outcomes for all. 

eSG committee
In 2018 we established our ESG 
Committee, which is comprised of 
representatives from across the 
Group’s global business divisions.

Primary responsibilities include:
 • Assisting the Group in providing 
direction on the development 
and implementation of ESG policy 
initiatives;

 • Managing relationships and 
reporting requirements with 
external ESG regulatory and 
collaborative bodies and initiatives 
to which we are signatories; and

35

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

The Shareholder Rights Directive II 
(SRd ii)
The Shareholder Rights Directive 
II (SRD II) is a European Union (EU) 
directive, which aims to encourage long 
term shareholder engagement with 
companies to ensure that decisions 
are made for the long-term stability 
of a company. SRD II requires greater 
transparency on engagement and 
voting as well as the publication of a 
shareholder engagement policy. During 
the year we updated and enhanced 
our voting and engagement policies 
throughout the Group to comply with 
these disclosure requirements.

engagement initiative with social 
media companies
Following the tragic shootings 
in Christchurch New Zealand in 
March 2019, the Group supported a 
collaborative engagement initiative 
with social media companies led by the 
New Zealand Super Fund. The initiative 
aims to make social media platforms 
a safe place for all by taking action 
to prevent the live streaming and 
distribution of objectionable content.

We have also been involved in a 
range of other initiatives and policies 
that have been implemented across 
the Group.

cluster munitions
The Group is committed to avoiding 
direct investment in companies that 
design, produce, sell, or maintain 
cluster munitions and/or land mines. 
We currently exclude such companies 
from the Group’s investment 
processes and exclude asset managers 
that engage in or with companies 
involved with cluster munitions.

 • Overseeing the consistency of ESG 
messaging and approach across 
various business areas through 
effective communication, engagement 
with our stakeholders and with 
employees on Group initiatives.

Over the year the ESG Committee has 
spearheaded the Group’s involvement 
in a wide range of initiatives including:
 • The ESG Committee improved 

Group-wide ESG communications, 
raising the profile and importance 
of ESG internally, while contributing 
to various external collaborations 
including the Ceres Brazilian 
rainforest deforestation statement;

 • All parts of our business are 

signatories to the UK Stewardship 
Code 2012 (the Code). The 
Committee has been preparing for 
the new 2020 Stewardship Code 
that sets higher expectations of 
those investing money on behalf of 
UK savers and pensioners and the 
reporting of stewardship activities; 

 • The Group is in the process of 

becoming signatories to the United 
Nations Global Compact. This is a 
non-binding United Nations pact to 
encourage businesses worldwide 
to adopt sustainable and socially 
responsible policies, and to report 
on their implementation.

 • The Group was awarded an “A+” 

Strategy & Governance rating from 
the Principles for Responsible 
Investment (PRI) Assessment 
Report for the 2019 reporting year. 
The report is designed to provide 
feedback to signatories to support 
ongoing learning and development. 
MSCI ESG Research, an ESG rating 
agency gave the Group an A rating, 
an improvement from the previous 
rating of BBB; and

 • CFA ESG qualification added to 
our Group-wide study policy. 
The qualification sets out the 
fundamentals for ESG investing and 
will equip employees with the skills 
and knowledge to integrate ESG 
issues into their day-to-day work.

Stewardship
As we have already highlighted, we 
have a common set of principles 
that governs how we coordinate 
our approach to ESG. The Group’s 
proprietary investment processes and 
teams integrate the broader principles 
around stewardships and sustainability 
in their investment selection. This 
involves how we exercise our voting 
responsibilities in conjunction with 
our clients’ needs and our direct 
engagement with companies and 
investors where appropriate. 

We focus on collaborations with 
external bodies such as the 
UN Principles for Responsible 
Investment (UN PRI), implementing 
the expectations of the UK 
Stewardship Code and working with 
third party funds and companies 
to encourage adoption and 
disclosure of ESG practices.

un pRi signatory
Since 2019, the Group has been a 
signatory to the PRI, the largest global 
reporting project on responsible 
investment. As a signatory, the 
Group commits to uphold the six key 
principles. Reporting is one of the 
explicit commitments when signing 
the PRI, and we submitted our second 
report this year. This will help us 
evaluate our responsible investment 
progress against an industry-
standard framework, strengthen 
our internal processes and enhance 
our ESG credentials for the future.

the 2012 uK Stewardship code 
and the new 2020 code 
The Group is committed to, and is an 
active supporter of, the background 
and principles set out in the 2012 
Code established by the Financial 
Reporting Council. Our responsibilities 
as an asset manager extend to having 
a clear commitment to engagement. 
This ensures we are fulfilling our 
stewardship obligations by reporting 
on these activities to our clients. The 
new 2020 UK Stewardship Code, which 
took effect on 1st January 2020, is a 
substantial and ambitious revision to 
the UK Stewardship Code and sets high 
expectations for those investing money 
on behalf of UK savers and pensioners.

 
 
 
36

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

people, SuStainaBilitY and  
coRpoRate Social ReSponSiBilitY

continued

environment  
and community

WE	AIM	TO	CREATE	VALUE	FOR	
ALL STAKEHOLDERS	WITHOUT	
CAUSING	UNDUE	HARM	TO	
THE ENVIRONMENT,	NOR	
COMPROMISING	THE	ABILITY	OF	
FUTURE	GENERATIONS	TO	DO	SO.

environment
The Group has implemented alternative facilities management approaches in 
order to reduce the carbon footprint within its offices and is considering the 
impact of climate related risks, aiding global projects.

community
Support of COVID-19 relief response, Group and personal donations to charities 
in the UK, US and Australia to support local communities. The Group and its 
employees were collectively involved in various community projects in the 
countries in which it operates.

Below we provide examples of work we have undertaken in each of these 
core areas over the last financial year.

environment 
The Group believes that businesses 
are responsible for achieving good 
environmental practice and operating 
in a sustainable manner. We are 
therefore committed to minimising 
our environmental impact. With the 
evident impact of climate change on 
our daily lives, the Group acknowledges 
its role in helping to combat the growth 
of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 
and as a result implemented green-
friendly alternatives to reduce the 
carbon footprint within our offices:
 • Our offices are equipped with 

recycling facilities for paper and 
plastics and encourage conservation 
of water and other resources. We 
have water dispensers, reusable 
dinnerware, and dairy free 
alternatives to milk. We have also 
made efforts to reduce our printing 
requirements. 

 • Various initiatives are available to 
help reduce our carbon footprint. 
We offer the UK Government’s 
Cycle to Work scheme, and bike 
storage and electric vehicle charging 
stations are available at some office 
buildings. 

 • Our travel reimbursement policy 
encourages staff to use public 
transport, where available, when 
attending client meetings.
 • Our offices all have video 

conferencing facilities so we can 
reduce travel requirements for 
ourselves and our clients. We use 
standard technology systems so 
that documents can be transmitted 
electronically.

 • Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. 

The Group is committed to 

minimizing its impact on the 
environment and as such fully 
offsets its GHG emissions in 
recognised offset schemes, 
combining green energy funding 
and forestry protection and 
renewal.

 • The Group’s calculated GHG 

emissions figure is 1,375 tCO2e 
including all travel and commuting, 
including Scope 1–3. This number 
is not representative due to the 
impact of COVID-19, therefore 
cannot be compared to previous 
years. 

 • The Group’s calculated energy 
consumption from operational 
activities consumed was 196,766.0 
kWh, energy consumed in the UK 
was 180,766.0 kWh and overseas 
was 16,000.0 kWh. 

 • The Directors are pleased to report 
that the Group has once again been 
certified carbon neutral by Natural 
Capital Partners, a recognition 
that as a company, our business 
has achieved carbon neutrality in 
accordance with The CarbonNeutral 
Protocol. To receive CarbonNeutral® 
certification, we are committed to 
reducing GHG emissions to zero 
for the certification period. The 
calculations for GHG emissions and 
Electricity usage are made by an 
independent assessment through 
Natural Capital Partners, taking into 
account Scope 1,2 and 3 emission 
sources from data collected by the 
Group. Achieving CarbonNeutral® 
certification includes internal and 
external reductions. 

37

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

The Group has supported several 
projects globally since 2014 to help 
reduce GHG emissions, through 
carbon offset purchase and 
certification payments such as the 
Household Agricultural Biogas in 
Vietnam. This award-winning project 
has installed over 170,000 small scale 
biogas plants in households and 
small livestock operations across 55 
provinces in Vietnam. Small fixed-
dome biogas plants, also known as 
anaerobic digesters, provide a clean, 
affordable, and convenient form of 
energy to some two million rural 
families, who have pig farms that create 
huge odour and waste problems.

In 2019, the Group, as a responsible 
investor, proudly joined 244 
institutional investors representing 
$16.2 trillion in AUM in a joint 
statement urging companies to take 
action against the escalating crisis of 
deforestation in Brazil and Bolivia. The 
Group believes it is our fiduciary duty 
as investors to act in the best long-
term interest of the beneficiaries of 
the assets we manage. We recognise 
the important role rainforests play 
in combating climate change and 
protecting biodiversity. The joint 
statement asked companies to commit 
to eliminating deforestation within 
their operations and supply chains.

In 2019, the UK Government’s Green 
Finance Strategy recommended 
that all listed companies should 
make disclosures in line with the 
Taskforce for Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) by 2022. The Group 
fully supports the Financial Services 
Board TCFD recommendations for 
voluntary, consistent climate-related 
financial risk disclosures by companies 
in providing information to investors. 
We are aiming to report by 2022 the 
four widely adopted recommendations 
tied to: governance, strategy, risk 
management, and metrics and targets.

GuidinG uS 
WE	LOOK	AFTER	THE	ASSETS	OF	
SEVERAL	CHARITIES	AND	ARE	PROUD	
TO	WORK	WITH	THEM	TO	PROTECT	
THE	FUTURE	OF	THOSE	WHO	LOOK	
AFTER	US.

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
38

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

people, SuStainaBilitY and  
coRpoRate Social ReSponSiBilitY

continued

Modern slavery
We are committed to preventing 
acts of modern slavery and the 
occurrence of human trafficking in 
our business and supply chain. We 
expect our suppliers to uphold human 
rights. We have a Modern Slavery 
Statement, which is available on our 
website, and continue to survey our 
largest suppliers for compliance 
with the Modern Slavery Act.

anti-bribery, corruption and anti-
facilitation of tax evasion 
The Group is committed to good 
conduct and to carrying out all 
business in an honest and ethical 
manner. We are committed to acting 
professionally, fairly and with integrity 
in all our business dealings and 
relationships wherever we operate and 
implementing and enforcing effective 
systems to counter bribery, corruption 
and tax evasion facilitation. As part 
of this all new joiners are required 
to complete countering bribery and 
corruption training in their induction 
training and ongoing annual training.

data protection/cyber security
All employees are required to take 
part in a monthly online training 
module on cyber awareness. 
Employees are also subjected to 
random phishing simulations to test 
reaction to suspicious emails and 
web links. The Group currently holds 
a 94% module completion rate of 
compulsory basic training completion 
with industry leading correct response 
rates. The Group is certified with 
Cyber Essentials, a Government-
backed scheme designed to guard 
against the most common internet 
based cyber security threats.

community
With community as one of the Group’s 
core principles, we aim to make an 
impact within the communities we 
operate, whilst fostering a sense 
of community amongst employees 
through collaborative volunteer events 
as well as raising funds for charity.

In the US, the Group donated a 
combined $25,000 to local charities 
close to our US offices and US 
employees organised the R&M 
Miles for Medicine Challenge, a 
socially distanced walking and 
running challenge to raise funds 
for frontline healthcare workers. 

caRinG FoR tHoSe WHo  
caRe FoR uS
WE WERE THE LEAD SPONSOR 
FOR CRITICAL	NHS	AND	ARE	
PROUD	TO	HELP	TO	CARE	FOR	
THOSE	WHO	CARE	FOR	US	ALL.

39

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

SMALL	CHANGES	CAN	ALL	ADD	
UP TO	BRING	ABOUT	A	SIGNIFICANT	
CHANGE	FOR	THE	BETTER.

Given the importance of giving back to 
our local communities, we also support 
our employees in their endeavours 
through a number of initiatives: 

 • Give as You Earn (GAYE) payroll 

giving scheme. 

 • Two annual paid volunteer days. 
 • Donation matching up to £1,500 

annually. 

 • Fundraising events run by the 
Group’s employee-led Charity 
Committee.

Examples of fundraising events 
supported by our employees include:

 • coaStSWeep river clean-up 
  Employees helped collect and 

categorise marine debris at the local 
Charles River to aid Massachusetts’ 
ocean conservatory efforts. 

 • West end House Boys & Girls club 
  Employees spent the day helping 
at this after-school club, which 
serves 250 children from urban 
communities daily, with a focus on 
high impact programmes to ensure 
success within academics, arts, and 
a healthy lifestyle. This has now 
become a quarterly event.

 • MacMillian coffee mornings 
  Employees hosted a coffee morning 

with coffee and baked goods 
which were sold to raise funds for 
MacMillan Cancer Support.

 • R&M charity Quiz night 

The Group hosted various quiz 
nights amongst employees with all 
proceeds supporting the Evelina 
Children’s Hospital.

covid-19 relief response
This has been an extraordinary year for society as a whole and it has been 
very rewarding to see how everyone from all walks of life have pulled together 
to help during this period of national crisis.

Critical NHS was founded as a community based non-profit organisation, 
established in March 2020, to support NHS staff at the Critical Care Unit at 
St George’s Hospital, responding to the outbreak of coronavirus, and sustain 
local businesses and restaurants as suppliers. This innovative and community 
based solution led to a roster of deliveries, coordinated across 50 volunteers, 
to deliver regular lunch and evening meals supplemented by donations of 
protective clothing, electronic items, care packages, baked treats and desserts 
to critical care unit staff and other key and frontline healthcare workers during 
the height of the pandemic. 

The team have also facilitated accommodation and car parking for staff 
members to continue to work under the lockdown. They have expanded 
the supply chain, working with multiple partners, to provide meals to NHS 
frontline staff at 15 hospitals across London, Surrey & Cornwall. They now also 
cover a number of care and community centres to cater for more vulnerable 
individuals affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. The funds raised by individual 
donations and lead sponsors have subsidised over 99,000 meals and provided 
a lifeline to many local businesses.

River and Mercantile was the lead sponsor of this charity which allowed the 
team to deliver much needed support to those in our society who support 
us in our hour of need. Our Group Chief Executive and a number of our staff 
have also donated personally to this charity to supplement the donations 
made by the Group.

 
 
 
 
40

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

RiSK ManaGeMent

Taking risk is an inherent part of the 
Group’s business activities: when 
a Group member advises a client 
on their investments, undertakes 
a fiduciary management mandate, 
or offers investment products and 
services the Group takes on a degree 
of risk. We endeavour only to take 
risks that we understand, have the 
capability to manage, and where 
we conclude that potential benefits 
justify the risks taken. We take risk 
carefully and within the risk appetite 
set by the Board and monitored 
by the Board’s Risk Committee.

This section explains how we identify 
and manage the risks in our business. It 
outlines our key risks, how we mitigate 
them and our assessment of their 
potential impact on our business in the 
context of the current environment.

approach to risk management
The Group’s overall risk management 
objective is to manage its business 
and associated risks in a manner that 
balances maintaining the safety and 
soundness of the Group while limiting 
the risk of not delivering expected 
outcomes to clients. The Group 
considers this objective to be strongly 
aligned to the outcomes expected by 
its other stakeholders: shareholders, 
employees, regulators, and the 
broader market and community.

We take a cautious and proactive 
approach to risk management, 
recognising the importance of 
understanding risks to the business, 
and managing them effectively. 
We have a formal structure for 
managing risks across the Group 
comprising independent governance 
and oversight of risk, a risk appetite 
statement approved by the Board, 
risk management frameworks 
(including policies and supporting 
documentation) and a formalised 
process for providing risk reporting to 
the Board through the Risk Committee. 
We continue to invest in our risk 
management approach and resources. 

The Board has overall responsibility 
for risk management within the Group 
and is accountable for oversight of 
the risk management processes. 
On an annual basis, the Board 
reviews the principal risks, using 
appropriate quantitative assessment 
techniques such as stress testing to 
understand the level of exposure. 

Governance
The Group has established a 
structured approach to risk 
governance, ensuring an effective level 
of alignment between oversight and 
management responsibility for risk. 
This approach includes risk policies 
and standards, and executive-level 
Risk Oversight Committees. The risk 
governance structure includes clearly 
defined roles and responsibilities 
for Board and Group Executive 
Committees, control functions and 
the accountable executives. Non-
Executive Director oversight of 
the risk management process with 
respect to standards of conduct, risk 
management and internal control is 
exercised through the Risk Committee, 
more details of which are on page 68.

The Group has implemented a 
‘three lines of defence’ model to 
manage risk and provide assurance 
to management and the Board with 
regards to the effectiveness of the 
Group’s control environment.

The first line of defence comprises 
business management and employees 
(not including those employees in 
the second line of defence). They are 
the risk owners and have primary 
responsibility for managing risk as part 
of their day-to-day business activities.

The second line of defence comprises 
the risk and compliance functions, and 
parts of the legal, finance and human 
resource functions. They provide 
objective oversight, monitoring and 
independent challenge of risk taking 
and risk management activities.

The third line of defence comprises 
the Group’s internal assurance/
audit function which has been 
outsourced to our selected service 
partner, RSM UK. Internal audit 
supports the Board and executive 
management in protecting the 
assets, reputation and sustainability 
of the organisation by providing 
independent and objective assurance. 

Risk appetite
The Group’s risk appetite statement 
sets out the aggregate level and types 
of risk that we are willing to accept, or 
wish to avoid, in pursuit of our business 
objectives. It includes qualitative 
statements as well as quantitative 
measures expressed relative to 
earnings, capital, risk measures 
or other relevant measures as 
appropriate. It includes a consideration 
of certain risks that are more difficult 
to quantify, such as conduct-related 
risks. It underpins the implementation 
of our evolving risk monitoring 
and risk reporting processes.

Risk management framework
The Group’s risk management 
framework sets out the approach 
we take to identify, assess, manage, 
monitor and report risks. It is 
designed to enable the Board to 
receive assurance that risks are being 
appropriately identified and managed 
in line with the Group’s risk appetite. 

Our risk assessment processes enable 
us to identify and assess the most 
significant risks that we face. These 
processes are the foundation of our 
risk management framework. We 
conduct stress testing and scenario 
analysis, covering a broad range of 
scenarios including market shocks 
and idiosyncratic risk events, to 
understand the Group business 
model’s resilience to internal and 
external shocks, and to model 
quantitatively the risk to the Group’s 
capital requirements and profitability. 
We conduct these assessments across 
the Group and involve department 
heads, senior managers, executives 
and the Board. The assessments 
allow executive management to 
make informed risk-based decisions 
and to plan appropriately for the 
ongoing running of the Group. 

As the Group includes authorised 
and regulated subsidiaries, the 
Group and relevant subsidiaries are 
required to hold appropriate levels of 
capital and liquidity to ensure their 
sustainability. Systems and controls 
and the process for assessing the 
adequacy of financial resources and 
associated risks are documented in 
the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy 

41

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Assessment Process, which examines 
downside events including revenue 
declines and the costs of an orderly 
cessation of the Group; if appropriate 
the Group will hold additional 
capital as a result of these tests.

We will continue to strengthen the 
risk management framework and its 
operation over the coming year.

conduct
In addition to an effective risk 
management framework, good conduct 
and clarity on the expectations around 
it is critical to effective management 
of risk. We have always considered 
ourselves to be a business focussed 
on client outcomes, with conduct a 
core value to our thinking. We place 
significant focus on the integrity and 
good conduct of employees, with 
our appraisal process including an 
assessment of displayed behaviours. 
Conduct as a broader theme has 
received a great deal of attention and 
active support from the Board and 
the Group’s executive management, 
led from the front by our Chairman 
and by the Group’s Chief Executive.

Conduct-related risks are those that 
could result in negative impacts 
on clients and/or market stability 
or restrict effective competition. 
We do not see conduct risk as 
a separate risk category. 

principal risks and uncertainties
The Directors have conducted a robust 
assessment of the principal risks, 
including current and emerging risks, 
facing the Group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency and 
liquidity. These assessments have 
been made in light of the current 
environment, taking into consideration 
the views of subject matter experts and 
risk owners within the Group, market 
conditions, regulatory sentiment 
and changes within the business.

Our principal risks and uncertainties 
are set out in the table on the 
following pages.

Risk governance 

Board

Board Risk committee

Group Executive Committee

Group cRo
Group Head  
of Compliance

Risk and operating committee

Risk management framework 

identify

Report

assess

Risk 
management 
process

Monitor

Manage

 
 
 
42

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

RiSK ManaGeMent

continued

principal risks and uncertainties

Principal	risks

Risk	management	approach

Sustained market decline
The risk of a severe economic downturn and 
related sustained decline in asset prices.

A severe economic downturn could lead to 
a reduction in AUM resulting in a decline in 
revenue and capital levels. 

Sustained fund 
underperformance
The risk that our clients will not meet their 
investment objectives due to poor relative 
performance of one or more of the Group’s 
funds over a prolonged period.

Sustained underperformance across a 
range of the Group’s products and 
strategies could result in a corresponding 
reduction in management and 
performance fee revenue.

people risk (loss of critical 
staff)
The risk of failure to retain or attract the 
people critical to successfully delivering 
investment outperformance to our clients 
and all other aspects of our strategy.

The unplanned departure of a senior fund 
manager or a member of our leadership 
team could lead to significant redemptions 
from our funds, failure to deliver our 
strategy or failure to run our business 
efficiently, resulting in a material impact 
on revenue and capital levels.

liquidity risk
The risk that the Group, although solvent, 
either does not have available sufficient 
financial resources to enable it to meet its 
obligations as they fall due or can only secure 
such resources at excessive cost.

The diversification of the Group’s business activities reduces the impact of procyclicality, i.e. the risk of 
deterioration in business or economic conditions requiring a firm to contract its business when market 
conditions are unfavourable.

During challenging economic times, advisory retainer and project revenues in River and Mercantile 
Investments Limited (RAMIL) would be expected to increase in the short term as clients seek additional 
guidance to manage through the challenging conditions. Likewise, in strong markets the River and 
Mercantile Asset Management LLP (RAMAM) business would be expected to experience stronger 
performance and growth.

Revenue within our Derivatives business is largely dependent on notional under management which, 
unlike AUM, is unaffected by market movements. Although a severe economic downturn could impact 
the viability of some derivatives counterparties, we have no direct exposure to derivatives 
counterparties as we act as agent, rather than principal, on all derivatives transactions. 

The Group has clearly defined investment processes designed to meet investment targets within stated 
risk parameters.

The Group carries out review and challenge of investment risks and associated investment performance, 
independent of our fund managers, across all asset classes. Issues and areas of excessive risk are 
escalated to members of senior management and the Group Investment Committee as are investment 
performance issues. The review and challenge include seeking rationale from the fund managers for 
performance to ensure the appropriate due diligence has been carried out and all intended risks are 
being taken and managed.

The loss of a portfolio manager from RAMAM is most likely to affect the Group. The Group mitigates this 
risk through developed succession planning and a shared philosophy and approach that combines 
investment manager independence with a disciplined investment process. This is supported by a 
systematic screening tool and shared analyst resource, so that reliance on individuals is reduced.

Our remuneration structures provide incentives linked to their individual, divisional and Group 
performance. They are designed to attract and retain critical staff, and to motivate and support the 
development of our employees.

The liquidity risk management objective of the Group is to ensure that at all times it has sufficient 
liquidity to meet its liabilities as they fall due under both ‘business as usual’ and stressed conditions and 
without incurring losses above the applicable risk tolerance.

The Group holds several classes of liquid resources. Liquid assets identified by the Group include trade 
debtors, other debtors, investments, cash and cash equivalents. The business is cash generative before 
the payment of dividends and has balances that support working capital requirements. All cash balances 
are held in ‘on call’ accounts with tier 1 ranking UK banks and are therefore immediately available.

Liquidity stress testing is performed in order to test and examine the adequacy of the Group’s overall 
liquidity resources, and hence allow executive management to make informed decisions and to plan 
appropriately for the ongoing running of the Group.

counterparty and credit risk
The risk that clients or counterparties fail to 
fulfil their contractual obligations to make a 
payment.

The Group deposits cash at credit institutions with high long-term and short-term credit ratings reducing 
the risk that the institution will default on repayment of the cash deposits.

The Group has established a robust debt collection process mitigating the risk of clients defaulting on 
payment of fees. Additionally, the Group has the contractual right and ability to take fees from assets for 
many clients who incur management and advisory fees.

Ahead of outsourcing critical operational activities, the Group performs due diligence that reflects the 
potential risk to our business and clients. Where the Group outsources operational activities, it chooses 
parties of an appropriate nature and scale who provide robust controls.

All outsource partners who provide the Group with critical services are subject to ongoing oversight, 
giving us assurance that they meet our required standards. 

Failure of a critical outsourced 
service provider
The risk that an outsourced partner fails to 
provide the service required either through 
their own organisational failure, or through 
substandard performance.

Our relationships with stakeholders may 
be jeopardised if our outsourced partners 
provide inadequate service, resulting in 
the loss of clients or regulatory or financial 
censure and negative financial 
consequences.

43

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Principal	risks

Risk	management	approach

information and 
communication technology 
The risk of critical systems or connectivity 
failures leading to an inability of the Group to 
operate for a period of time.

The unavailability of our key systems could 
mean we are unable to act on behalf of 
our clients and/ or perform other 
time-critical activities to ensure the 
smooth running of our business. This 
could lead to trading losses, as well as 
client losses and reputational damage.

cyber crime
The risk that a successful cyberattack could 
result in the loss of Group or client assets or 
data or cause significant disruption to key 
systems.

Failure to repel successfully a significant 
attack could undermine stakeholder 
confidence in our ability to safeguard assets, 
which could affect our ability to retain 
existing clients and attract new business, 
and hence affect capital and revenue.

legal and regulatory risks
The risk of breaching, or non-compliance with 
applicable law and regulations, resulting in an 
increased level of regulatory intervention, 
regulatory censure and/or fines, and temporary 
restrictions on our ability to operate.

A breach of regulatory or legal requirements 
could result in fines and sanctions which 
could diminish the Group’s reputation with 
clients and the market generally.

Failure to perform fiduciary 
duty
The risk that we unintentionally or negligently 
fail to meet a professional obligation to 
specific clients (including fiduciary and 
suitability requirements).

This could lead to direct financial loss, a 
loss of clients, failure to win new business 
and reputational issues.

Breakdown of processes 
and controls resulting in 
operational errors
The risk that inadequate or failed processes, 
people, systems and controls or from external 
events could result in direct financial losses, 
reputational damage and failure to win 
new business.

A significant error or breach of a client 
agreement may result in additional costs to 
redress the issue and could lead to outflows.

The unavailability of our business 
premises could mean we are unable to act 
on behalf of our clients and/or perform 
other time-critical activities to ensure the 
smooth running of our business. This 
could lead to trading losses, as well as 
client losses and reputational damage.

The Group’s information and communication technology infrastructure is hosted in secure Tier 3 data 
centres with a high degree of redundant power and network connections. This infrastructure is designed 
to be fully resilient from a disaster recovery perspective and includes diverse communications lines, near 
real-time data replication between geographically separated data centres and multiple network routing 
paths.

Disaster recovery is supported by replication technology providing a copy of the production environment 
that can be quickly brought back in the disaster recovery data centre. Unlike traditional point-in-time 
backups, this enables a recovery point objective of several seconds and a recovery time objective of 
‘near uninterruption’ for critical market facing systems, and several hours for less critical systems.

This disaster recovery strategy is tested at least annually to provide assurance of its effectiveness. The 
most recent disaster recovery test provided a high degree of confidence in the design’s ability to cope 
with a major disruptive event to the primary data centre.

The Group adopts a multi-layered approach to cybersecurity, consisting of training, policies and cyber 
controls. The Group maintains physical preventions (firewalls, filters, device management, network threat 
detection) and best practices such as patch management to minimise the risk of successful cyberattack. 
Systems are subject to periodic penetration testing; the Group attained Cyber Essentials certification in 
December 2019.

We have established a mandatory security awareness programme for all employees to extend 
knowledge and understanding of cyber risks within the business. Employees are regularly reminded to 
remain vigilant to the risk of cyberattack and periodic attack simulations are deployed across the 
organisation via email to further test reaction and awareness.

Data back-ups are replicated to a secure offsite data centre and stored in an encrypted state. The data 
backups are not accessible through normal operating procedures and are therefore offline during storage.

The Group promotes a strong compliance culture and requires all relevant employees to undertake 
training on regulatory matters.

The legal and compliance functions support the business in implementing and maintaining appropriate 
regulatory controls, guided by relevant policies. Compliance with relevant regulatory requirements is 
monitored in accordance with a risk-based programme.

The Group’s legal and compliance functions continually monitor legal and regulatory developments to 
assess potential business implications. We maintain active dialogue both with our clients and with 
regulatory bodies so that we can adapt our business model and strategy accordingly.

The compliance function operates processes and controls to ensure the timely and accurate submission 
of information to the Financial Conduct Authority.

The client engagement process is based on engagement with regulatory approved investment 
professionals and advisors who develop with the client their desired client outcomes.

Suitability is assessed by experienced and approved personnel who work closely with clients to 
understand their needs and desired outcomes to develop tailored solutions.

We have a long track record of investment performance which allows us to model for the client’s historical 
and hypothetical performance scenarios under different market conditions which informs our clients of the 
range of possible outcomes that they could expect relative to their risk appetite and objectives.

The investment management process is documented within the investment mandates, including risk 
limits and concentration limits. Investment guidelines and restriction metrics are monitored against 
mandate parameters to maintain compliance. Variance triggers and thresholds are in place, and 
breaches are promptly escalated.

Underlying liquidity within funds is monitored and adjusted as market conditions dictate.

Our governance process with clients provides for regular interaction to identify changes in the client’s 
desired outcomes and solicits feedback on the actual outcomes experienced by the client.

The Group’s compliance and risk functions, which operate alongside the business but have independent 
reporting lines, act as a second line of defence in respect of the investment management process.

Effective Group oversight and governance through the Board and Board Committees.

Our policies, procedures and other documentation govern workflows, internal control procedures and 
escalation protocols. We look to continuously improve our processes and controls and their 
formalisation.

We employ experienced and knowledgeable employees and apply appropriate segregation of roles and 
responsibilities. A business continuity management programme is in place for the continuity of critical 
business functions and services. We have implemented remote working, including core system access 
for all our staff if they cannot travel to our offices.

Insurance covering errors and omission is used to mitigate significant financial loss.

The Group’s compliance and risk functions operate alongside the business, and provide guidance and 
oversight of process and control procedures designed to ensure compliance with governance and 
regulatory requirements. Measures include a clear, consistent view on risk and risk appetite, proactive 
and effective monitoring to minimise unexpected incidents, and a comprehensive compliance 
monitoring programme.

 
 
 
44

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

viaBilitY StateMent

BuildinG to laSt
WE	RECOGNISE	THE	VALUE	
OF ENSURING	THE	LONG-TERM	
SUSTAINABLE	SUCCESS	OF	
A COMPANY.

the directors have 
assessed the viability of the 
Group over the next three 
years and confirm that  
they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group 
will continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due.

The Directors reviewed the viability 
assessment period of three years 
and have confirmed that it remains 
appropriate as it most closely 
corresponds to the planning 
horizons used within the Group.

The viability process was run 
using the same methodology as 
the financial modelling for the 
ICAAP, involving business heads, 
divisional Chief Operating Officers, 
and senior representatives 
from corporate functions.

The viability process considered the 
principal risks that could threaten the 
Group’s business model, profitability, 
solvency and regulatory capital 
adequacy. As the Group is cash 
generative, the risks which would 
threaten viability were those which 
would reduce revenues or lead to cost 
increases, thereby eroding regulatory 
capital and solvency over time. 
These could be the result of market 
events and macroeconomic shocks 
leading to possible investment losses 
and outflows, operational issues or 
regulatory changes leading to cost 
increases, or reputational damage.

45

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Five scenarios were chosen to 
simulate severe yet plausible stressed 
outcomes: 

1.  A prolonged downturn, with 

stagnant recovery over the viability 
assessment period. 

2.  Group-wide, severe and sustained 
reduction in basis points charged 
on AUM.

3.  The loss of key investment 

personnel within the Group, leading 
to outflows of assets. 

4.  The occurrence of both (1) & (2) 

simultaneously.

5.  The occurrence of both (1) & (3) 

simultaneously.

The scenario evaluation was 
based on the Group’s 2020/2021 
budget, three-year financial 
projections and the modelled 
impact of each of the scenarios. 

The impact of market events on asset 
values and investment performance 
was modelled by investment teams 
within the business, and the second-
order impact on AUM flows was 
assessed with input from business 
heads and distribution team members. 
The impact of cost increases was 
assessed based upon known costings 
at current operational levels and the 
levels of additional resource required. 
Management actions to reduce costs 
or otherwise protect regulatory capital, 
cash or profits were subject to rigorous 
challenge to ensure actions were 
feasible, both in scope and timing. 

The Group’s balance sheet, cash and 
regulatory capital positions in each 
scenario were modelled by applying 
known historical behaviours (such 
as invoicing timing and frequency, 
average debtor payment days) and 
adjusting for any expected impact 
arising from the stress scenarios.

The lowest profit, regulatory capital 
and cash position prior to management 
actions arose in scenario four, however 
in each scenario, after mitigating 
actions, the Group remained profitable, 
solvent and in excess of capital 
requirements, albeit at reduced levels. 
As a result, the Group remained viable.

The resilience of the Group to these 
different scenarios resulted from:
 • The relative diversification of 
revenue between different 
asset classes, notional amounts 
and advisory revenues – this is 
illustrated further in the Group’s 
RWAA on page 18;

 • A reduction in discretionary variable 
remuneration as a result of impaired 
financial performance which results 
in a partial offset in each scenario; 
and

 • The current profitability levels, 

combined with a dividend policy 
based upon a distribution ratio 
of actual profits, as opposed to a 
progressive dividend. This approach 
gives the Group more flexibility to 
respond to severe stresses.

The nature of the viability testing is 
that the scenarios chosen should 
be severe. Where appropriate, the 
Group has controls and processes 
in place to reduce the impact of 
negative events occurring. 

The Section 172 statement set 
out on page 55 is incorporated by 
reference into the Strategic Report 
and forms part of the Strategic 
Report. Pages 4 to 45 constitute the 
Strategic Report which was approved 
by the Board on 30 October 2020 
and signed on its behalf by: 

JaMeS BaRHaM 
GROUP	CHIEF	EXECUTIVE		

SiMon WilSon
CHIEF	FINANCIAL	OFFICER

london, uK
OUR	OFFICES	IN	THE	CITY	OF	
LONDON	ARE	THE	HUB	OF	OUR	
BUSINESS	AND	BRING	TOGETHER	
OUR	UK	BASED	BRIGHTEST	MINDS	
IN AN	IDEAS	RICH	BUSINESS.

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
46

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GoveRnance 
paGeS 48–95

BoSton: uS 
cHaRleS RiveR

47

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

48  Board of Directors 
50  Corporate governance report 
58  Directors’ report 
61	 Directors’	responsibilities	
62  Nomination Committee report 
64  Audit Committee report 
68  Risk Committee report 
70  Investment Committee report 
72  Remuneration 
75	 Directors’	remuneration	policy	
88  Remuneration Committee report

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
48

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

BoaRd oF diRectoRS

JonatHan daWSon
CHAIRMAN

JaMeS BaRHaM
GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE

SiMon WilSon
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

appointment: Jonathan was appointed 
to the Board on 1 October 2017 as 
Chairman of the Company and is the 
Chair of the Nomination Committee.
tenure: Three years

appointment: James was appointed Group 
Chief Executive of River and Mercantile 
Group PLC in July 2019. He has been a Group 
Board Director since the IPO in 2014.
tenure: Six years as an Executive Director 
of which one year as Group Chief Executive.

appointment: Simon was appointed to 
the Board as an Executive Director and 
Chief Financial Officer on 19 May 2020.
tenure: Less than one year

career and experience:
A graduate of the universities of St Andrews 
and Cambridge, Jonathan started his career 
in the Ministry of Defence before joining 
Lazard, the investment bank, where he spent 
over 20 years. He left Lazard in 2005 and 
co-founded Penfida Limited, the leading 
independent corporate finance advisor to 
pension fund trustees. Jonathan previously 
served as Senior Independent Director and 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee of Next 
plc. Jonathan has also chaired three pension 
scheme boards of trustees. Other previous 
appointments include, Non-Executive Director 
of Galliford Try plc, National Australia Group 
Europe Limited and Standard Life Investments 
(Holdings) Limited. Most recently Jonathan 
served as Senior Independent Director 
and Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 
of Jardine Lloyd Thompson Group plc.

current external appointments:
Jonathan currently serves as a Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee of National Grid plc and is 
the Chairman of Penfida Limited. 

Skills and competencies:
Jonathan has extensive financial services, 
pensions and non-executive experience. 
Jonathan is an experienced leader, having 
held senior board level positions in several 
high profile organisations. He previously held 
the position of Senior Independent Director 
of Next plc and Jardine Lloyd Thompson 
group plc. Jonathan brings an innovative 
perspective and independent oversight to 
the Board. Jonathan’s breadth of experience, 
understanding of diverse issues and strong 
corporate governance expertise allow him to 
lead an effective Board and are vital to the 
Company’s long-term sustainable success.

career and experience:
James founded River and Mercantile Asset 
Management LLP in 2006 with the backing of 
Pacific Investments and was its Chief Executive 
Officer until the merger with P-Solve in 2014. 
Thereafter James became Global Head of 
Distribution before becoming Head of Asset 
Management in 2016 and subsequently 
Deputy Group Chief Executive Officer in 
2018. Through this period, he retained his 
responsibilities for Group wide distribution. 

James completed his education at the Royal 
Military Academy Sandhurst and following 
service with the Royal Welch Fusiliers joined 
Shandwick Consultants in 1989. He subsequently 
joined James Capel in 1991. In 1995 James was 
part of the team that founded and successfully 
floated Liontrust Asset Management plc, where 
he established and managed the institutional 
business. James joined Intermediate Capital 
Group in 2004 as Sales and Marketing Director, 
leaving to establish the RAMAM business with 
the financial backing of Pacific Investments. 

current external appointments:
James has committed not to holding any 
external non-executive positions during 
his time as Group Chief Executive. He is 
however a Trustee of The Royal Welsh 
Regimental Welfare and Benevolence 
Foundation and sits on its Investment Sub-
Committee. He also is a committee member 
of the City of London Club and sits on the 
Advisory Council of the Diversity Project.

Skills and competencies:
Having founded RAMAM 14 years ago, James 
has served on the Board since the IPO of 
the Company and brings not only extensive 
experience and knowledge of the Group 
combined but significant asset management 
industry expertise and commerciality to 
his leadership of the Group. James has 
set out a clear vision and strategy for the 
Group over the next five years and has 
undertaken a substantive refresh of his senior 
management team which is critical to the 
Company’s long-term sustainable success.

career and experience:
Simon is a Chartered Accountant and has over 
20 years’ experience in asset management 
and the financial services sector gained in 
senior financial roles. Prior to joining, Simon 
spent five years as Group Finance Director 
for the Topland Group, one of the UK’s largest 
privately owned investment groups which 
focuses on real estate, hotels, healthcare and 
the provision of equity and debt finance. He 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant at Deloitte 
in its financial services assurance department 
in London and moved to Hawkpoint, the M&A 
advisory business, where he advised on public 
and private transactions, capital raises and 
IPOs in the financial services and mid-market 
sectors. From Hawkpoint he joined the financial 
services investment group, Pacific Investments, 
where he spent twelve years, latterly as 
Managing Director of Corporate Finance and 
Chief Operating Officer of fund management. 
While at Pacific Investments, Simon 
represented Pacific’s interests in RAMAM 
from its formation in 2006 until its merger 
in 2014 prior to the IPO of the Company.

current external appointments:
Simon has no external appointments.

Skills and competencies:
Simon has significant financial experience, 
having held a number of senior financial roles. 
This, combined with his asset management 
experience and previous knowledge of the 
Group’s asset management business, allows 
him to bring in-depth expertise on a broad 
range of relevant areas to the Board. His 
appointment completes the Group’s refreshed 
senior management team which is integral to 
the delivery of the Group Chief Executive’s 
strategy. Simon’s contribution to the Board 
and senior management team is key to the 
long-term sustainable success of the Company.

in financial services for 30 years during 

John has extensive financial services and 

With qualifications as a barrister and in 

corporate finance, Miriam has spent more 

years’ experience in financial services and was 

than 30 years working for a number of 

the Chief Operating Officer of Baring Asset 

leading investment banks and other financial 

with major financial services institutions.

OBE for services to corporate finance in 

As a qualified Chartered Accountant, Angela 

financial experience to the Board. Angela 

John brings significant financial services 

financial services sector experience. As 

reflected in her current appointments, 

Angela has significant experience as a Non-

chair of major financial services institutions. 

allow her to bring a financial and strategic 

Mayor of London’s Energy Efficiency Fund.

financial services sector, brings significant 

and financial matters to her role as Chair 

49

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Chief Financial Officer on 19 May 2020.

the provision of equity and debt finance. He 

qualified as a Chartered Accountant at Deloitte 

in its financial services assurance department 

IPOs in the financial services and mid-market 

sectors. From Hawkpoint he joined the financial 

services investment group, Pacific Investments, 

Chief Operating Officer of fund management. 

While at Pacific Investments, Simon 

represented Pacific’s interests in RAMAM 

Simon has significant financial experience, 

having held a number of senior financial roles. 

co-founded Penfida Limited, the leading 

independent corporate finance advisor to 

Deputy Group Chief Executive Officer in 

Pacific Investments and was its Chief Executive 

and the financial services sector gained in 

Officer until the merger with P-Solve in 2014. 

senior financial roles. Prior to joining, Simon 

spent five years as Group Finance Director 

floated Liontrust Asset Management plc, where 

the financial backing of Pacific Investments. 

the Chairman of Penfida Limited. 

Jonathan has extensive financial services, 

high profile organisations. He previously held 

lead an effective Board and are vital to the 

combined but significant asset management 

Group over the next five years and has 

anGela cRaWFoRd-inGle
SENIOR INDEPENDENT NON-
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

JoHn MiSSelBRooK
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

appointment: Angela was appointed to 
the Board on 29 May 2014. Angela is Chair of 
the Company’s Audit Committee, the Senior 
Independent Director and additionally sits 
on the Remuneration, Nomination, Group 
Board Investment and Risk Committees.
tenure: Six years

appointment: John was appointed to 
the Board on 16 February 2018. John is the 
Chair of the Risk Committee and the Group 
Board Investment Committee. Additionally, 
he sits on the Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees.
tenure: Two years 

MiRiaM GReenWood
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

appointment: Miriam was appointed 
to the Board on 28 May 2019. Miriam is 
Chair of the Company’s Remuneration 
Committee and additionally sits on 
the Audit, Group Board Investment, 
Nomination and Risk Committees.
tenure: One year

career and experience:
John has extensive financial services and 
non-executive experience. John has over 40 
years’ experience in financial services and was 
the Chief Operating Officer of Baring Asset 
Management Limited for 11 years. John was 
formerly the Chairman of Aviva Investors. 
John holds a number of non-executive roles 
with major financial services institutions.

current external appointments:
John currently serves as the Chair of 
Hargreaves Lansdown Fund Managers 
Limited, Chair of JPMorgan China Growth and 
Income plc, and as a Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Risk and Remuneration 
Committees of Brown Shipley & Co. Limited.

Skills and competencies:
John brings significant financial services 
experience to the Board. He has in-depth 
expertise in organisational compliance, 
operations and risk. John’s valuable non-
executive experience combined with his 
deep understanding of risk and insight into 
regulatory matters is crucial to his role as Chair 
of the Risk Committee. As the Group operates 
within a highly regulated environment, 
regulatory experience and understanding of 
risk management is vital to the sustainability 
of the long-term success of the Company.

career and experience:
Angela is a chartered accountant with 
extensive audit experience of multinational 
and listed companies. Angela was a Partner 
in PricewaterhouseCoopers specialising 
in financial services for 30 years during 
which time she led the insurance and 
investment management division and 
retired in 2008. In previous roles, Angela 
served as a Non-Executive Director of 
Beazley plc and Swinton Group Limited.

current external appointments:
Angela is a Non-Executive Director and 
audit chair of Lloyds of London, TP ICAP 
plc and Openwork Holdings Limited. 

Skills and competencies:
As a qualified Chartered Accountant, Angela 
brings substantial industry, and technical 
financial experience to the Board. Angela 
contributes scrutiny and oversight to the 
Board, drawing on her experience of audit 
and advisory work to multinational and 
listed companies. Her previous roles as 
Non-Executive Director of Beazley plc and 
Swinton Group Limited cement her extensive 
financial services sector experience. As 
reflected in her current appointments, 
Angela has significant experience as a Non-
Executive Director and audit committee 
chair of major financial services institutions. 
Angela’s audit and industry experience 
allow her to bring a financial and strategic 
outlook on diverse subjects in support of the 
Board and its Committees. Her considerable 
knowledge and experience continue to be 
an important contribution to the long-term 
sustainable success of the Company.

career and experience:
With qualifications as a barrister and in 
corporate finance, Miriam has spent more 
than 30 years working for a number of 
leading investment banks and other financial 
institutions. A Deputy Lieutenant of the 
City of Edinburgh, Miriam was awarded an 
OBE for services to corporate finance in 
2000. In previous roles Miriam served as a 
Non-Executive Director of the UK energy 
regulator OFGEM, Henderson Global Trust 
plc, Mithras Investment Trust plc and Telit 
Communications plc. Miriam was also a 
founding partner in SPARK Advisory Partners, 
an independent corporate advisory business.

current external appointments:
Miriam currently serves as the Chair of the 
Board of Smart Metering Systems plc, as 
Non-Executive Director of Eclipse Shipping 
Limited and of Gulf International Bank (UK) 
Limited. She is an advisor to Ofgem and the 
Mayor of London’s Energy Efficiency Fund.

Skills and competencies:
Miriam, through her broad range of 
expertise and experience within the 
financial services sector, brings significant 
in-depth understanding of remuneration 
and financial matters to her role as Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee. Miriam 
has relevant and recent experience as a 
remuneration committee chair, having 
chaired the Remuneration Committee 
of Smart Metering Systems plc, where 
she also served as Senior Independent 
Director prior to her appointment as Chair 
of their Board. Miriam has garnered further 
remuneration committee experience serving 
on the remuneration Committees of Telit 
Communications plc and Henderson Global 
Trust plc. As a Non-Executive Director, Miriam 
brings scrutiny, constructive challenge 
and independent oversight to the Board.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
50

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

coRpoRate GoveRnance RepoRt

“ The Board recognises 
the	key	value	of	good	
corporate governance 
in	ensuring	the	long-
term	sustainable	
success of the 
Company,	generating	
value	for	shareholders	
and	contributing	to	
wider	society.”

compliance with the uK corporate Governance code
The Board recognises the key value of good corporate 
governance in ensuring the long-term sustainable success 
of the Company, generating value for shareholders and 
contributing to wider society. Good corporate governance 
is critical to the successful management of a sustainable 
business. Accordingly, we are committed to the principles 
of corporate governance contained in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code), issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council in July 2018, which can be found on 
the FRC website at www.frc.org.uk/directors/corporate-
governance-and-stewardship. 

This is the first year that the revised Code has applied to 
the Company. The Board has carried out a review of its 
compliance with the Code and confirms that the Company 
has applied the principles and complied with the relevant 
provisions of the Code, with the exceptions detailed below. 

Further information on how the Company has applied the 
principles of the Code is set out in this Governance section 
and details of the cross-referenced sections are set out 
below.

Board leadership and company 
purpose
Provides shareholders with information 
on the Board, an overview of the work 
undertaken to promote the long-term 
success of the Company and how the Board 
has considered stakeholders’ interests.

division of responsibilities
Provides shareholders with information on 
the division of responsibilities between the 
leadership of the Board and the executive 
leadership of the business, and the 
effective operation of the Board.

See pages: 51 
to 53, 55 and 
56

See page 52

composition, succession and 
evaluation
Provides an overview of the Board 
evaluation process and includes the report 
from the Nomination Committee on its 
work during the year on Board composition 
and succession planning.

See page 
52 and 
Nomination 
Committee 
Report on 
page 62

audit, risk and internal control
Provides a report from the Group’s Audit 
and Risk Committees on their work during 
the year to oversee the Company’s external 
and internal audit, the integrity of the 
financial statements, risk management, 
oversight of the internal controls 
framework and determining the nature and 
extent of principal risks the Company is 
willing to take in order to achieve its long-
term strategic objectives.

Audit 
Committee 
Report page 
64
Risk 
Committee 
Report page 
68
Principal risks 
pages 40 to 43

See page 88

Remuneration
Provides a report from the Remuneration 
Committee on the work of the 
Remuneration Committee to oversee the 
Group’s remuneration practices ensuring 
that they are linked to the successful and 
sustainable delivery of the Company’s long-
term strategy.

51

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Board and committee member attendance for the period ended 30 June 2020

Director

Jonathan Dawson 

James Barham

Angela Crawford-Ingle

Miriam Greenwood 

John Misselbrook 

Simon Wilson (appointed 19 May 2020)

Board 
quarterly

Board  
ad hoc

Audit

n/a

n/a

10/10

10/10

9/10

10/10

8/10

10/10

10/10

10/10

n/a

n/a

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

1/1

Risk

n/a

n/a

5/5

5/5

5/5

n/a

Remun- 
eration

Nomin- 
ation

Investment

n/a

n/a

14/14

14/14

14/14

n/a

1/1

n/a

1/1

1/1

1/1

n/a

n/a

n/a

3/3

2/3

3/3

n/a

The Executive Directors listed below did not seek re-election at the AGM on 9 December 2019 and resigned from the Board as 
at that date:

Jack Berry

Mike Faulkner 

Kevin Hayes

1/1

1/1

1/1

2/5

0/5

5/5

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Where a director has been appointed or has retired, meeting attendance is shown against the number of possible meetings they could have attended rather than the annual 
number of meetings.

Where ad hoc Board meetings have been held for a specific purpose to discuss matters at short notice, all Board members are sent papers and given the opportunity to 
comment by telephone or email if they are unable to attend at short notice.

Leadership
The Board has provided the Group with entrepreneurial 
leadership and is responsible for the long-term sustainable 
success of the Group for the benefit of its shareholders. 
The Board has regard for other stakeholders, including 
employees, clients, suppliers and wider society. Further 
details of the Board’s consideration of its stakeholders are 
set out in our Section 172 Statement on page 55.

Strategy
The Board planned to hold an overnight offsite strategy day 
in March, however due to COVID-19, the Board strategy day 
was broken-up into a series of virtual strategy presentations. 
Virtual presentations were given by various members of 
senior management on key areas of strategic importance, 
including the Group Chief Executive’s strategy for the 
business, the distribution of the Group’s products, ESG 
and the development of a new ESG fund and the Group’s 
operating platform, detailing the proposed investment in 
the operating platform. Sufficient time was allocated in each 
virtual presentation for questions and discussion by the 
Board.

In addition, the Board reviewed, challenged and approved 
the Group’s annual budget. The Board further considered 
the resources required for the Company’s strategic growth 
plans.

The Board received regular reports on product development 
and received detailed presentations when considering 
requests for seed funding for new products.

 •

 •

The Board undertook a deep dive review of the Group’s 
distribution capabilities presented by David Hanratty and a 
further review of the current operating platform presented 
by Fran Fahey. 

Risk
The Risk Committee considered the following key risk 
areas, which were then either reported to the Board or 
recommended to the Board for approval:
 •
 •
 •

the Risk Appetite Statement;
the ICAAP;
the principal risks, emerging risks and uncertainties facing 
the Company;

 • Fund liquidity and liquidity stress testing; and
 • an enhanced suite of risk and compliance policies.

The Audit Committee received and considered the reports of 
the internal auditor, RSM UK.

Reward
The Remuneration Committee considered the following key 
remuneration matters during the year, which were then 
reported to the Board or recommended to the Board for 
approval:
 •

the selection and appointment of a new remuneration 
consultant, PwC;
the review and design of the new Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy; and
the remuneration arrangements for the workforce, 
including variable remuneration pools and arrangements, 
base salary increase and the vesting of share awards.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
52

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

coRpoRate GoveRnance RepoRt

continued

Governance
During the year, the Board and its committees considered 
items related to the following key governance matters:
the wider executive level committee structure;
 •
the product governance framework and supporting 
 •
policies;
the implementation of SMCR; and

 •
 • whistleblowing arrangements supporting policies. 

culture
The Board is responsible for setting the purpose, values 
and strategy of the Group and for ensuring that these are 
aligned with the Group’s culture. Integrity is fundamental to 
our conduct-led culture and the Directors lead by example, 
setting high standards to promote the desired culture 
across the Group. The Board assesses and monitors culture 
regularly through the reports received from the Executive 
Directors and senior management. The Risk Committee 
receives a regular report from the Head of Compliance on 
conduct matters and the HR Director on matters relating to 
the employees. The Board has received regular updates on 
the work undertaken to ensure compliance with the SMCR. 
This work has included the establishment of a Group Fitness 
and Propriety Committee chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. 
The Board seeks assurance from the Executive Directors and 
senior management that conduct matters are appropriately 
dealt with and escalated if necessary. 

division of responsibilities
The roles of the Chairman, Senior Independent Director and 
the Group Chief Executive are clearly established. The Board 
has reviewed and approved the delegated authorities to the 
Chairman, Group Chief Executive and Senior Independent 
Director. 

The Chairman is responsible for the leadership of the Board, 
setting the Board’s agenda and ensuring constructive 
relations between Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors (NEDS). The Chairman also maintains appropriate 
contact with major shareholders in order to understand 
their concerns, if any, relating to governance, strategy and 
remuneration. The Chairman holds meetings with the NEDs 
without the Executive Directors present on a regular basis.

The Group Chief Executive is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the Company. The Group Chief Executive 
has established an Executive Committee to assist with the 
management of the business. The Executive Committee has 
been strengthened by a number of key appointments.

Angela Crawford-Ingle has been appointed as Senior 
Independent Director to provide a sounding board for 
the Chairman and to serve as an intermediary for the 
other directors and shareholders. The NEDs meet without 
the Chairman present at least annually to appraise the 
Chairman’s performance.

The NEDs:
 • Provide constructive challenge in respect of matters 
before the Board and help to develop proposals on 
strategy; 

 • Provide well-considered and constructive opinions, skill 

and knowledge to Board discussions; 

 • Offer strategic guidance and specialist advice based on 

their significant industry experience;

 • Satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate 

and that financial controls and risk management systems 
are robust and defensible; and

 • Scrutinise and hold to account the performance of senior 

management and the Executive Directors. 

The Board is satisfied that the NEDs provide a robust and 
independent element on the Board. 

The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved for 
its decision which it has reviewed and approved in the past 
year. Examples of these matters include the approval of 
the annual operating and capital expenditure budgets and 
any material changes to them, the approval of major capital 
projects and appointments to and removals from the Board.

Board composition
As at 30 June 2020, the Board comprised six Directors: the 
Chairman, three independent NEDs and two Executive 
Directors. At least half of the Board, excluding the Chairman, 
comprises of independent NEDs. The Group continues 
to drive diversity and inclusion at all levels. The Company 
complies with the Hampton-Alexander Review target of 33 
per cent. female representation on the Board.

On 19 May 2020, Simon Wilson joined the Group as Chief 
Financial Officer and was appointed as an Executive Director 
of the Company. Jack Berry, Mike Faulkner and Kevin Hayes 
retired from the Board with effect 9 December 2019. Jack 
Berry and Mike Faulkner remain employees of the Group as 
the Global Head of Complex Clients and Chief Investment 
Officer respectively. Kevin Hayes retired from the Group in 
May 2020. 

No individual or group of individuals dominates the Board or 
its decision-making. 

All Directors are subject to annual re-election at the 
Company’s AGM. Details of the reasons why each Director’s 
contribution is and continues to be important to the 
Company’s long-term sustainable success is set out on pages 
48 and 49 alongside the Directors’ biographies. 

The Nomination Committee keeps the balance of skills, 
experience and diversity under review. The Board is 
considered to have an appropriate balance of skills and 
experience.

53

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

operation of the Board 
The Board meets on a scheduled quarterly basis and on an 
ad-hoc basis to consider specific items of business as the 
need arises. 

The Board attendance of the Directors is set out in the table 
on page 51. 

At each quarterly Board meeting, a report from the Group 
Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer are typically 
tabled. The Chairman of each Board Committee reports on 
its activities since the last Board meeting.

The Chairman, Group Chief Executive and Company 
Secretary liaise sufficiently in advance of each meeting 
to finalise the agenda. A comprehensive set of papers is 
circulated before Board and Committee meetings using an 
online board pack portal. The Company Secretary advises 
the Board on all governance matters. 

All Directors have access to the Company Secretary’s 
services and advice. The appointment and removal of the 
Company Secretary is a matter reserved for the full Board.

committees
The Board has established Nomination, Remuneration, 
Investment, Audit, and Risk Committees. The composition 
of these Committees complies with the requirements of the 
Code. The Company Secretary advises and supports these 
Committees. Committees may take additional independent 
professional advice at the Company’s expense in the 
furtherance of their duties.

The Chairman is not a member of the Investment, 
Remuneration, Audit, or Risk Committees, but attends these 
meetings at the invitation of the Chair of the respective 
Committees.

The Board has formally defined and documented, by way of 
terms of reference, the duties and responsibilities delegated 
to the Board Committees and these are available on the 
Group’s website: www.riverandmercantile.com.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

independence
Angela Crawford-Ingle, Miriam Greenwood and John 
Misselbrook have been determined by the Board to be 
independent (the iNEDs). The Board has determined that 
each iNED is independent in both character and judgement. 
There are no relationships or circumstances which are 
likely to affect or appear to affect the iNEDs judgement or 
independence. 

On appointment, the Chairman met the independence 
criteria set out in the Code.

appointments to the Board
The Board has established a Nomination Committee to lead 
the process for Board appointments and to consider the 
balance of skills, experience and knowledge on the Board. 
The Nomination Committee ensures that there is a formal 
and rigorous process for appointments to the Board. Details 
of the work of the Nomination Committee are set out in the 
Nomination Committee Report on page 62. 

Consideration is given to the length of service of the Board 
as a whole and membership is regularly refreshed. The 
Chairman was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2017. 
Angela Crawford-Ingle is the longest serving iNED on the 
Board, having been appointed to the Board at the IPO of the 
Company in 2014.

New Directors are given a tailored induction arranged by the 
Company Secretary, which includes meetings with senior 
management, including the Head of Legal and Compliance, 
the Chief Risk Officer, Group Chief Operating Officer and 
relevant business heads across the Company’s operating 
divisions. The induction programme is designed to provide 
a thorough understanding of the strategy, business, key 
stakeholders, governance structure and the regulatory 
environment. In addition, each Director is provided 
with access to previous Board and Committee papers 
and minutes.

commitment
The Board requires all Directors to devote sufficient 
time to their duties and to use their best endeavours to 
attend meetings. 

Each NED’s letter of appointment sets out the time 
commitment required for the role. As part of the Nomination 
Committee’s appointment process other significant 
commitments of candidates are considered and any new 
appointments or significant interests are required to be 
approved by the Nomination Committee. The Nomination 
Committee report on page 62 describes the work 
undertaken by the Committee to provide oversight of these 
matters.

None of the Executive Directors is on the board of a FTSE 
100 company. 

 
 
 
54

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

coRpoRate GoveRnance RepoRt

continued

performance evaluation
An annual evaluation of the performance of the Board, 
its Committees, the Chairman and Directors has been 
undertaken. The internal Board and Committee evaluation 
process was coordinated by the Company Secretary. The 
evaluation process involved the completion of anonymous 
questionnaires collated by the Company Secretary and 
a series of one-to-one meetings with the Chairman. The 
evaluation process sought individual Directors’ assessments 
of the Board’s effectiveness including strategy development, 
culture, the decision-making process, Board relationships, 
information flows and the operation of the Board Committees. 

The evaluation process is constructively used to improve 
Board effectiveness, maximise strengths and address any 
weaknesses. The Chairman considers the results of the 
evaluation process and addresses any issues identified 
by the process.

The Chairman did not consider an externally facilitated 
board evaluation to be appropriate for the financial year 
ending 30 June 2020 due to the recent extensive change 
to the Board and the current remote working environment. 
This will be reviewed in the next financial year and an 
externally facilitated board evaluation will be undertaken 
by 30 June 2022 at the latest.

views of shareholders
The Board actively solicits the views of shareholders on 
governance, remuneration and performance against 
strategy through meetings with major shareholders, investor 
roadshows and ad hoc contact. The Chairman and the Chair 
of Remuneration Committee meet with major shareholders 
without the Executive Directors present to obtain their 
view on significant matters. The views of shareholders are 
reported back to the Board. 

2019 aGM vote
All of the resolutions put to shareholders to vote upon at 
the December 2019 AGM passed by more than 80 per cent. 
(lowest vote in favour of a resolution being 96.58 per cent.). 

explanation of non-compliance with the code
Provision 36 of the Code states that the Remuneration 
Committee should develop a formal policy for post-
employment shareholding requirements encompassing both 
unvested and vested shares. The Remuneration Committee 
has proposed a post-retirement shareholding requirement of 
200 per cent. of base salary for 3 years following retirement 
in the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy that is subject to 
shareholder approval at the December 2020 AGM.

Provision 38 of the Code states that pension contribution 
rates for Executive Directors should be aligned with those 
available to the workforce. While Simon Wilson’s rate of 
pension is aligned with the workforce, James Barham’s 
pension contribution was not aligned with the workforce 
in the past financial year. However, James Barham has 
agreed to align his pension contribution rate with that of 
the workforce with effect from the first month following 
the approval of the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
at the AGM in December 2020.

power of directors in respect of share capital
The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company 
(including, subject to obtaining the required authority from 
the shareholders in general meeting, the power to authorise 
the issue of new shares and the purchase of the Company’s 
shares). The Company issued 157,457 shares during the 
year to satisfy the exercise of options under the Company’s 
Save-As-You-Earn (SAYE) Scheme and 1 share as part of the 
reduction of capital process.

JonatHan daWSon
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

55

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

In order for the Company to succeed in the long-term, the 
Board must build and maintain successful relationships with 
a wide range of stakeholders. The Board recognises that the 
long-term success of the Company is dependent on how it 
works with a number of important stakeholders. 

The Board’s decision-making process considers both risk 
and reward in the pursuit of delivering the long-term success 
of the Company. As part of the Board’s decision-making 
process, the Board considers the interests of a broad range 
of the Company’s stakeholders – including the impact of its 
decisions on regulators, employees, clients, suppliers and 
the local community as well as shareholders.

The Board fulfils its duties in collaboration with the senior 
management team, to which day-to-day management has 
been delegated. The Board seeks to understand stakeholder 
groups’ priorities and interests. The Board listens to 
stakeholders through a combination of information provided 
by management and also by direct engagement where 
appropriate. The following overview provides further insight 
into how the Board has had regard to the interests of our 
stakeholders, while complying with its duty to promote the 
success of the Company in accordance with Section 172 of 
the Companies Act 2006.

our stakeholders: Section 172 Statement

duty to promote the success of the company
Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 requires Directors 
to act in the way they consider, in good faith, would be most 
likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit 
of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard 
(amongst other matters) to: 
 •
 •
 •

the likely consequences of any decision in the long-term; 
the interests of the Company’s employees; 
the need to foster the Company’s business relationships 
with suppliers, customers and others; 
the impact of the Company’s operations on the 
community and the environment; 
the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation 
for high standards of business conduct; and 
the need to act fairly as between members of the 
Company.

 •

 •

 •

This Section 172 Statement sets out how the Directors have 
discharged this duty.

Our key stakeholders

How we engage with them

clients
Our clients are the people and 
firms that entrust us with the 
investment of their assets. We 
focus on understanding our clients’ 
needs and developing relevant 
solutions and products to meet 
those needs.

Shareholders
The ongoing support of our 
shareholders is vital in helping us 
deliver our long-term strategic 
objectives and the profitable 
growth of the business.

Our client services, distribution, investment consulting and investment management 
teams all maintain contact with our clients through regular meetings, reporting and 
written communication. 

We continue to evolve the manner in which we engage with clients with a greater 
emphasis on virtual communication to address client’s evolving investment and 
governance needs. Client engagement activities are reported to the Board regularly by 
the Group Chief Executive. 

The Group Chief Executive and members of the senior management team meet 
directly with key clients. To support engagement with our clients, we are investing in a 
new client relationship management platform.

The Board engages with the Company’s shareholders in a number of ways. Our AGM 
is held in December annually and allows shareholders the opportunity to engage 
directly with the Board. All Directors attend the AGM and are available to answer 
shareholder queries. The Company Secretary collates shareholder and proxy voting 
agency feedback provided in advance of the AGM and circulates this to the Board for 
consideration.

The Group Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer regularly meet (in person and 
virtually) the Company’s major shareholders to discuss the financial performance of 
the Company.

The Chairman is available to meet major shareholders without the Executive Directors 
present to permit direct feedback. The Chairman and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee have held several meetings with the Company’s major shareholders to 
consider the design of the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
56

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

coRpoRate GoveRnance RepoRt

continued

Our key stakeholders

How we engage with them

We engage with our employees regularly through senior management 
communications and quarterly Townhall presentations. Our NEDs regularly attend 
our town hall meetings to allow for interaction and engagement with our employees. 

With the initiation of Group-wide remote working in March 2020, we introduced 
a number of measures to try to ensure the physical and mental wellbeing of our 
employees. Our Group Chief Executive writes to all employees on a weekly basis and 
additional virtual town halls have been held to allow employees to raise concerns 
directly using an online platform. At each biweekly senior management meeting, the 
Head of HR provides an update on HR matters, including matters relating to staff 
wellbeing and health. The Group Chief Executive then reports on any people related 
matters during his informal regular Board calls.

Miriam Greenwood, the Chair of the Remuneration Committee, is the Director 
responsible for employee engagement. Miriam attends Group induction days for 
new employees and the rest of the Board attends by invitation. Miriam has also been 
involved in the working group formed to discuss the Group’s return to the office 
planning and longer-term working practices plans. An HR led all employee survey 
was conducted to understand the views of employees on returning to the office 
environment and the results discussed by the Board. 

Our Remuneration Committee reviews and considers the overall Group wide 
employee pay trends, has oversight of the various bonus pools and approves the 
remuneration of the Group’s senior management and Executive Directors. The Risk 
Committee receives a quarterly report from the Group HR Director on the working 
environment which includes data on new joiners, leavers and employee wellbeing. 

The Group is committed to the highest standards of business conduct. Each business 
area is responsible for the day to day contact with our third-party service providers. 
We ensure that there is an appropriate framework of oversight of our key third-party 
suppliers. Regular meetings are held with key third-party service providers and issues 
escalated to Fran Fahey, Group Chief Operating Officer, where required. 

The oversight of outsourced service providers was an area of focus of the Risk 
Committee during the past year. The Risk Committee receives quarterly papers on the 
Group’s outsourcing and third-party supplier risks prepared by the Chief Risk Officer.

people
Our people are critical to the 
success of the Group. It is 
imperative that the Board engages 
effectively with employees. It is 
of the utmost importance to the 
Board that we have a culture 
that attracts and retains talented 
employees. We value our diverse 
workforce and seek inclusion at 
all levels. 

Suppliers and service providers
Our suppliers and service 
providers include outsourced 
third-party service providers such 
as our IT service provider, payroll 
administrator and middle and back 
office support function, and other 
key third-party service providers. 
Their services and support are 
vital in helping us deliver our 
services to our clients, pay and 
support our employees and to 
grow our business, including being 
key to us being able to meet our 
regulatory obligations.

57

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Our key stakeholders

How we engage with them

community and environment
We aim to make a difference 
through the things that we do, 
including charitable work, carbon 
offsetting and the stewardship of 
our clients’ assets.

The Board considers the impact of our operations on the community and 
environment. The Group has established a Group ESG Committee to co-ordinate the 
Group’s ESG and corporate responsibility activities. 

Further details of our approach to sustainability and corporate responsibility can 
be found on pages 34 to 39. Highlights include the Group’s stewardship activities, 
charitable donations and activities, and increased consideration of the positive steps 
to improve the environment.

One of the Board’s virtual strategy day presentations focussed on our macro 
investment team’s approach to ESG investing. This allowed the Board the opportunity 
to have an in-depth explanation from subject matter experts on their approach to ESG 
investing and consider the launch of a new ESG focussed fund.

We engage with our regulators primarily thorough our Group compliance function by 
way of regular mandatory reporting as well as any ad hoc interactions required by our 
regulators. We are open and co-operative with our regulators and take our regulatory 
responsibilities seriously. 

Regulators
The Group operates in the UK, 
US and Australia and is therefore 
subject to the oversight of various 
regulators. We have a conduct-led 
culture that encourages our people 
to act with integrity at all times. 

The Group’s Head of Compliance and the Chief Risk Officer attend the Risk Committee 
meetings and report on the Group’s regulatory and compliance matters, interaction 
with regulators and the risk management framework. The Risk Committee receives 
a regular report on conduct and culture and a quarterly compliance report covering 
compliance matters for both UK regulated subsidiaries and the US regulated 
subsidiary. In the UK, the relevant Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) “Dear CEO” letters 
are circulated to the Board for review.

The implementation of SMCR has been an area of focus for the Risk Committee 
and Board during the current year. The Risk Committee has received regular 
implementation project status reports during this period. 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
58

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

diRectoRS’ RepoRt

The Directors present their report and the Group’s audited 
financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020. 

principal activities and business review 
The Company’s principal activity is to act as a holding 
company for a group of investment advisory and 
management companies. The Company is a public limited 
company incorporated in England and Wales under 
registered number 04035248. The Group operates 
principally in the UK and has a trading subsidiary in the US. 
One of the Group’s trading subsidiaries is registered as a 
foreign registered entity in Australia. A review of the business 
is set out in the Strategic Report on pages 6 to 9, which is 
incorporated by reference into this report.

Board of directors
The Directors of the Company at 30 June 2020 are set out 
below. Their biographies are set out in the Governance 
section on pages 48 to 49. 

Director

James Barham
Angela Crawford-Ingle
Jonathan Dawson
Miriam Greenwood
John Misselbrook
Simon Wilson

Date of appointment

27 March 2014
29 May 2014
1 October 2017
28 May 2019
16 February 2018
19 May 2020

In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and 
best practice set out in the Code, all continuing Directors 
will offer themselves for re-election at the AGM, with the 
exception of Simon Wilson, who will be standing for election, 
as this is the first AGM since his appointment. 

directors’ interests
Directors’ interests in the shares of the Company are 
disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 94. 
No Director had a material interest in any significant contract 
(other than a service contract) with the Company or any 
subsidiary company at any time during the year.

Statement of directors’ responsibilities
This statement, which is included later in this section, is 
deemed to form part of this Directors’ Report.

Conflicts of interest
A Director has a statutory duty to avoid a situation in 
which they have or could have a conflict of interest or 
possible conflict with the interests of the Company. 

The Company has adopted a policy relating to the handling 
by the Company of matters that represent conflicts of 
interest or possible conflicts of interest involving the 
Directors. Where a conflict of interest or potential conflict 
of interest is identified, only Directors that are not involved 
in the conflict or potential conflict may participate in any 
discussions or authorisation process. 

directors’ indemnities and insurance
The Company maintains appropriate insurance cover in 
respect of litigation against Directors and officers. 

The Company’s Articles of Association permit the provision 
of indemnities to the Directors. In accordance with the 
Articles of Association, qualifying third-party indemnity 
provisions (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) are in 
force for the benefit of Directors and former Directors who 
held office during the year to 30 June 2020 and up to the 
signing of the Annual Report. 

directors’ service agreements 
Each Executive Director has a written service agreement, 
which may be terminated by either party on not less than 
12 months’ notice in writing.

non-executive directors’ letters of appointment
Each Non-Executive Director has a written letter of 
appointment for a term of three years. Three months’ 
notice in writing is required to be served by either party to 
terminate the appointment of a Non-Executive Director. 

The role and responsibilities of each Non-Executive Director 
are clearly set out and include the duties of a Director as set 
out in the Companies Act. These duties do not include any 
management function, but set out that the Non-Executive 
Director is expected to support and challenge management. 
The Non-Executive Director letters of appointment are 
available for inspection at the Company’s registered office 
during business hours and at the AGM.

Compensation for loss of office
There are no agreements in place between the Company and 
any Director or employee for loss of office in the event of a 
takeover.

change of control
The Company does not have agreements with any Director 
or employee that would provide compensation for loss of 
office or employment resulting from a change in a control 
following a takeover bid, except that provisions of the 
Company’s share schemes may cause awards granted under 
such schemes to vest in those circumstances.

Management report
For the purposes of Disclosure and Transparency Rule 4.1.8, 
this Directors’ Report combined with the Strategic Report 
comprises the Management Report.

dividends
The Directors have proposed a final dividend of 2.34 pence 
per ordinary share (2019: 5.0 pence) of which 0.10 pence is a 
special dividend relating to net performance fees. Payment 
of this dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at 
the Company’s 2020 AGM and, if approved, will be paid on 
18 December 2020 to shareholders on the register at the 
close of business on 27 November 2020.

 
59

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

capital structure and voting rights 
As at 30 June 2020, there were 85,453,634 ordinary shares of 
0.003 pence each. Each share in issue is listed on the Official 
List maintained by the FCA in its capacity as the UK Listing 
Authority. The Company issued 157,457 ordinary shares 
during the year to satisfy options under the Group’s SAYE 
Scheme.

The Company has one class of ordinary shares, which carry 
the right to attend, speak and vote at general meetings of 
the Company. Further detail regarding the exercise of voting 
rights at the AGM are set out in the Notice of AGM. 

Each ordinary share in the capital of the Company ranks 
equally in all respects. No shareholder holds shares carrying 
special rights relating to the control of the Company. 
There are no restrictions on voting rights or the transfer 
of shares in the Company. The Company is not aware of 
any agreements between shareholders that may result in 
restrictions on the transfer of shares or on voting rights.

auditors
BDO LLP, the external auditors of the Company, have advised 
of their willingness to continue in office and a resolution to 
reappoint them will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. 
The Audit Committee report considers the independence of 
the auditors on pages 66 to 67. 

audit information
As far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant 
information that has not been disclosed to the Company’s 
auditors. Furthermore, each of the Directors believes that 
all reasonable steps have been taken to make them aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditors have been made aware of that 
information. 

Substantial shareholdings
As at 30 September 2020, the Company had received 
the notifications of control of 3 per cent. or more over 
the Company’s total voting rights and capital in issue in 
accordance with DTR 5 as set out below: 

At the 2019 AGM, the Company was granted the authority 
to buy back its own shares up to a maximum of 8,540,346 
shares. There have been no share buy-backs during the 
period. The Company does not hold any shares in treasury.

PSG

Number	of	
ordinary	shares

%	of	total	issued	
share	capital

22,242,703

26.03

Shares held in an employee benefit trust (EBT)
Shares are held on trust for the benefit of Group’s staff in 
the Company’s EBT in order to satisfy awards under the 
Company’s share award plans, further details of which are 
set out in the Remuneration Committee Report.

The Company’s EBT is operated by Apex Financial Services 
(Trust Company) Limited. During the reporting period, 
the trustee of the EBT did not purchase any shares. As at 
30 September 2020, the EBT held 1.79 per cent. of the total 
issued share capital of the Company.

The EBT has agreed to waive current and future dividends 
on the shares it holds pursuant to non-dilutive share awards 
made to employees of the Group. 

Aberdeen Standard Investments

6,494,849

Unicorn Asset Management

6,185,000

Premier Miton Asset Management

5,871,395

Legal & General Investment 

Management

Aviva Investors

Sir John Beckwith

Mike Faulkner

Jupiter Asset Management

4,599,194

4,302,829

4,252,163

4,063,071

2,963,909

Chelverton Asset Management

2,775,000

7.60

7.24

6.87

5.38

5.04

4.98

4.75

3.47

3.25

disclosure of information under listing rule 9.8.4R
The following table is disclosed pursuant to Listing Rule 9.8.4R. The information required to be disclosed, where applicable to 
the Company can be located in the Annual Report and Accounts at the references set out below:

Information

Location

Interest capitalised
Shareholder waiver of dividends
Shareholder future waiver of dividends
Agreements with controlling shareholders
Provision of services by controlling shareholder
Details of long-term incentive schemes
Waiver of emoluments by a Director
Waiver of future emoluments by a Director
Significant contracts with directors or controlling shareholders
Non pre emptive issues of equity for cash
Non pre emptive issues of equity for cash in relation to  

major subsidiary

Participation by parent of a placing by a listed subsidiary
Publication of unaudited financial information

Not applicable
See section above of Directors’ Report – Shares held in an EBT
See section above of Directors’ Report – Shares held in an EBT
Not applicable
Not applicable
Remuneration Report page 88
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable

Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable

 
 
 
60

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

diRectoRS’ RepoRt

continued

Going concern
The Strategic Report discusses the Group’s business 
activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position. The Group 
has access to the financial resources required to run 
the business efficiently and has a strong cash position. 
The Directors have concluded that there is a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for a period of at least 
twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements, and have accordingly prepared the Group and 
parent financial statements on a going concern basis. Please 
refer to the Viability Statement on page pages 44 and 45 for 
further details. 

Statement of viability
In accordance with Provision 31 of the Code, the Directors 
have assessed the prospects of the Group over a longer 
period than the twelve months as required by the Going 
Concern provision. Details of the assessment can be found 
on pages 44 and 45.

political donations
The Group made no political donations or contributions 
during the year (2019: £nil).

events after the reporting period
The Directors are not aware of any events after the reporting 
period which are not reflected in these financial statements 
but which would have a material impact upon them.

Financial instruments
Details of the financial instruments used by the Group and 
the risks associated with them (including the financial risk 
management objectives and policies, and exposure to price, 
credit and liquidity risk) are set out on pages 40 to 43 and 
this information accordingly is incorporated into this report 
by reference.

Future developments
Details on the likely future developments for the Group 
can be found in the Group Chief Executive’s Statement on 
pages 10 and 11.

GHG emissions
Details on the GHG emissions of the Group can be found on 
page 36.

corporate governance statement
DTR 7.2.1 requires that the Group’s disclosures on corporate 
governance be included in the Directors’ Report. This 
information is presented on page 50 in the Corporate 
Governance Report and is incorporated by reference into 
this Directors’ Report and is deemed to form part of this 
report.

employee engagement
The Group holds regular all-employee Townhall meetings, 
which are recorded and made available to employees who 
are unable to attend or are based outside of the UK. These 
Townhall meetings provide employees with information 
about the performance of the Group and other matters of 
concern to employees. Employees are able to ask members 
of senior management and Executive Directors questions 
at Townhall meetings. The Group encourages employee 
participation in its SAYE Scheme, which it has run on annual 
basis for the past four years. Further details of the Group’s 
approach to its employees are set out in the People section 
and the Company’s Section 172 Statement. 

internal control and risk management 
Details of how the Board monitor the Group’s internal 
control and risk management approach can be found in the 
Risk Management section of the Strategic Report on pages 
40 to 43.

aGM
The AGM will be held on 14 December 2020, starting at 9am. 
The Notice of Meeting convening the AGM will be circulated 
to all shareholders at least 20 working days before the AGM 
and will set out the details of the resolutions to be proposed 
at the AGM. The Notice of Meeting will be available on the 
Company’s website at www.riverandmercantile.com.

approval of annual report
The Corporate Governance Report, the Strategic Report 
and the Directors’ Report were approved by the Board on 
30 October 2020.

By order of the Board.

SallY BucKMaSteR
GROUP COMPANY SECRETARY

61

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

diRectoRS’ ReSponSiBilitieS

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors are required to prepare the Group financial 
statements and have elected to prepare the Company 
financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU. 
Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
Company and of the profit or loss for the Group for that 
period. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:
 •

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;

 • make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 • present information, including accounting policies, in a 

 •

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information;
state whether they have been prepared in accordance 
with IFRS as adopted by the EU, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; 

 • prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business; and

 • prepare a Directors’ report, a Strategic Report and 

Directors’ Remuneration Report which comply with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors confirm that the financial statements comply 
with the above requirements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of 
the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 
The Board is satisfied that the assets of the Company 
are safeguarded and protected from fraud and other 
irregularities. 

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual 
Report and the financial statements are made available 
on a website. Financial statements are published on 
the Company’s website in accordance with legislation 
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and 
integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of 
the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to 
the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained 
therein.

directors’ responsibilities pursuant to dtR4
Each Director confirms that, to the best of his or her 
knowledge:
 • The financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and Article 4 
of the IAS Regulation and give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and loss of 
the Company and Group;

 • The Strategic Report and Directors’ Report contained 
in this Annual Report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the 
financial position of the Company and the Group, together 
with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face; and

 • The Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a 

whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business model and 
strategy.

In accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act, 
the Directors’ report includes a statement, in the case of 
each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is 
approved, that: 
(a) so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information (as defined in section 418(3) of the Act) of 
which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and 

(b) he/she has taken all the steps that he/ she ought to have 

taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

This Responsibility Statement was approved by the Board on 
30 October 2020.

By order of the Board

SallY BucKMaSteR 
GROUP COMPANY SECRETARY

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
62

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

noMination coMMittee RepoRt

Membership and attendance
Membership of the committee comprised the 
independent non-executive directors 
(meeting attendance is on page 51):

Jonathan Dawson (Chair)
 •
 •
John Misselbrook
 • Miriam Greenwood
 • Angela Crawford-Ingle

Role and responsibilities
The Board has established a Nomination Committee to 
lead the process for Board appointments and to review the 
composition of the Board and Board Committees to ensure 
they are balanced in terms of skills, experience and diversity. 

The Committee ensures that there is a formal, rigorous 
and transparent process for appointments to the Board. 
This includes identifying the skills and experience required 
for a particular role. The Committee oversees succession 
planning and the role changes of Executive Directors 
and senior management across the Group. A full copy 
of the Committee’s terms of reference can be found at 
www.riverandmercantile.com.

committee membership
The Committee comprises all independent Non-Executive 
Directors in accordance with the Code. It is chaired by 
Jonathan Dawson, the Chairman of the Board. Other 
attendees, such as the Group Chief Executive and Group 
HR Director attend the Committee by invitation. The Group 
Company Secretary advises and supports the Committee. 
The Committee is empowered to appoint search consultants 
and seek legal advice where it sees fit to assist with its work.

No individual participates in discussion or decision-making 
when the matter under consideration relates to him or her.

committee focus for FY2020
The Nomination Committee focussed on the recruitment and 
appointment of Simon Wilson as the Group’s Chief Financial 
Officer. Simon Wilson was identified as the preferred 
candidate and joined the Board on 19 May 2020. 
This follows the announcement of Kevin Hayes’ intention to 
retire from the Board in November 2019. 

Further strategic organisational developments 
Last year the Committee had oversight of a number of 
significant organisational changes at Board level – including 
the appointment of James Barham as Group Chief Executive 
from 1 July 2019 and the appointment of a new Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee, Miriam Greenwood. As described 
in last year’s Annual Report, Jonathan Punter and Robin 
Minter-Kemp retired from the Board as at 30 June 2019 and 
Mike Faulkner and Jack Berry stood down from the Board at 
the 2019 AGM to focus on their respective roles as Group 
Chief Investment Officer and Global Head of Complex 
Clients. 

This year the Committee has overseen the recruitment and 
appointment of a new Chief Financial Officer, Simon Wilson. 
Simon’s appointed as Chief Financial Officer completes James 
Barham’s strengthened senior management team – which 
has included the appointment of David Hanratty as Global 
Head of Distribution, David Peach as Group HR Director and 
Fran Fahey as Group Chief Operating Officer. Further details 
of Simon’s appointment are set out on the next page. 

63

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Recruitment and appointment of Simon Wilson
In mid-2019, the Committee commenced a search for a new 
Chief Financial Officer. The Committee considered candidates 
recommended by a recruitment firm, an internal candidate 
and Simon Wilson, who was known to the business and 
Group Chief Executive, having worked for one of the Group’s 
founder shareholders, representing its interest in River and 
Mercantile Asset Management LLP before the IPO in 2014. 

The Committee’s shortlisted candidates were interviewed 
by the Non-Executive and Executive Directors. Feedback 
from the interviews was provided to the Committee. This 
process led to a unanimous conclusion with the Committee 
recommending the appointment of Simon Wilson as an 
Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer based on his 
expertise and significant knowledge of the Group’s business. 

commitments
The Committee keeps under review each Director’s external 
appointments to ensure they have sufficient time to dedicate 
to their duties. As part of the Committee’s appointment 
process, other significant commitments of candidates are 
considered. Any new appointments or significant interests 
are required to be approved in advance by the Committee. 
When considering the approval of any new appointment 
or interest, detail of the estimated time commitments of 
the proposed new role are provided to the Committee for 
consideration. The Committee is satisfied that all Directors 
have sufficient time to meet their Board responsibilities. 

Board skills and experience
The Committee keeps the skills and experience of the 
Board and its Committees under review. The Board and its 
Committees are able to draw on the expertise of different 
teams across the Group, including the Group’s General 
Counsel, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Risk Officer and 
the Chief Financial Officer. Regular scheduled updates 
are provided to the Board and its Committees on legal 
and regulatory matters, changes to accounting standards 
and cyber risk and security. This is supplemented by 
presentations by external advisers where required – the 
Board received externally facilitated training on SMCR 
and will receive training on the FCA’s proposed new 
prudential regime.

Board evaluation
In line with the provisions of the Code the Board undertakes 
a formal evaluation annually. The process followed for the 
Board’s evaluation is:
 • Tailored questionnaires are developed for the Board and 
its Committees by the Group Company Secretary and 
agreed with the Chairman of the Nomination Committee;
 • Questionnaires are completed and the results compiled. 

The results are then provided to the Chairman;
 • The Chairman then reports on the results of the 

evaluation and holds meetings with individual Directors 
where required to discuss the conclusion of the 
evaluation process; and

 • Outcomes and actions are then agreed.

There were no significant matters highlighted in the 
Board evaluation process in the previous year. The Board 
considered that it had operated effectively and had the right 
mix of skills and experience appropriate to the Group. The 
Chairman of the Board is reviewing the results of the most 
recent Board evaluation and will address any actions with 
the Board. The Chairman did not consider this year to be 
appropriate to undertake an externally facilitated Board 
evaluation due to the recent Board composition changes and 
the challenges of a remote working environment in the last 
quarter of the Group’s financial year.

appointments to the Board and diversity
Appointments to the Board are made on merit and are 
based on an evaluation of the skills and relevant sectoral 
experience of the candidates. The Committee recognises 
that diversity leads to better decision-making and improved 
overall performance. Diversity is more than gender – as 
such the Committee is cognisant that a combination 
of demographics, skills, experience, race, age, gender, 
educational and professional background, and other relevant 
personal attributes on the Board is important in providing 
a range of perspectives, insights and challenge needed to 
support good decision-making. The Board has not formally 
documented its policy on diversity to date, however the 
Committee continues to consider diversity when reviewing 
Board composition. The gender balance of those in 
senior management and their direct reports and further 
information on the Group’s approach to diversity is set out 
on page 33 of the People Report.

JonatHan daWSon
CHAIR OF NOMINATION COMMITTEE

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
64

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

audit coMMittee RepoRt

Membership and attendance
Membership of the committee comprised the 
independent non-executive directors 
(meeting attendance is on page 51):

 • Angela Crawford-Ingle (Chair)
 •
John Misselbrook 
 • Miriam Greenwood

The Board considers all the members to have the relevant 
skills and experience to be members of the Committee. 
The Board has determined through previous experience 
gained in other organisations, that members collectively 
have the competence relevant to the sector in which 
the Group operates. The Board has also confirmed that 
Angela Crawford-Ingle holds recent and relevant financial 
experience. The Committee members are also members of 
the Remuneration Committee and Risk Committee, ensuring 
the identification of issues relevant to those Committees.

Responsibilities of the audit committee
The principal role of the Committee is to assist the Board in 
fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in relation to financial 
reporting, financial controls and audit, and internal controls. 
The Committee plays a primary role in overseeing the 
integrity of the Group’s financial statements, assessing the 
independence and objectivity of the external auditors and 
monitoring the effectiveness of internal audit. 

The Committee recognises its role in promoting the integrity 
of the Group’s financial results and high-quality reporting.

During 2020, the Committee continued to focus on its 
responsibility for the monitoring and oversight of the Group’s 
control environment and system of internal controls. As part 
of this work, the Committee considered the Group’s ICAAP 
wind down plan, risk appetite, risk control assessments and 
various operational stress scenarios to support the Board’s 
conclusions on the Viability Statement set out on page pages 
44 and 45. 

Key activities and areas of review during the year
 • Considered whether the Group’s 2020 interim and annual 
financial reports were fair, balanced and understandable 
and provided the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

 • The Group’s viability statement and papers in support of 
the Board’s assessment of the Company and Group as a 
going concern.

 • The appropriateness of accounting estimates and 

judgements.

 • Review of reports from PwC on the Company’s 

distributable reserves.

 • Oversight of the Group’s capital reduction process, 

including the review of the relevant court documents and 
supporting statements.

 • Engaged with the Nomination Committee and Board 

on the recruitment and appointment of Simon Wilson 
as Chief Financial Officer, including participation in the 
interview and selection process.

 • Reviewed the performance and independence of the 
external auditors and monitored the provision of non-
audit services.

 • Reviewed the Group’s updated whistleblowing 

arrangements.

 • Liquidity management and forecasting of the Group’s 

working capital and regulatory capital surplus.

 • Reviewed the internal audit annual programme, the 
findings and monitored management’s responses to 
address audit actions.

 • Reviewed the effectiveness of the internal audit function.

65

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

The Committee’s key responsibilities include:

Financial reporting

Review of judgemental 
assertions

 • Monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the Group.
 • Assessing changes to accounting policies and major judgemental areas.
 • Assessing compliance with accounting, legal and regulatory requirements.

 • Reviewing key judgemental areas of work completed by the Group, including going 

concern, viability and ICAAP.

 • Significant accounting judgements.

internal audit

 • Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function in 

the context of the Group’s overall risk management system.

external audit

 • Overseeing the relationship with the external auditors which supports the 

Committee’s responsibilities with respect to the content and integrity of the Group’s 
financial reporting.

 • Reviewing and approval of the annual audit plan.
 • Reviewing the findings of the external audit. 
 • Overseeing the effectiveness of the external audit taking into consideration relevant 
UK professional and regulatory requirements, the independence of the external 
auditors and recommending to the Board the appointment and remuneration of the 
external auditors.

 • Developing and implementing policy on the engagement of the external auditors 

to supply non-audit services, ensuring there is prior approval of non-audit services, 
considering the impact this may have on independence, taking into account the 
relevant regulations and ethical guidance in this regard, and reporting to the Board 
on any improvement or action required.

Whistleblowing and fraud

 • Reviewing the adequacy and security of the Group’s arrangements for its employees 

and contractors to raise concerns, in confidence.

 • Reviewing Group procedures for detecting internal and external fraud.
 • Reviewing the Group’s systems and controls for the prevention of fraud and 

non-compliance and to consider appropriate action if required.

A full copy of the Committee’s terms of reference can be found in the corporate governance section of the Group’s website 
www.riverandmercantile.com.

Meetings
Committee members have all attended the quarterly 
meetings, with ad hoc meetings held as required. The 
Committee met ten times in the past year; these were held at 
key times in the audit and financial reporting schedule.

The Committee invites other participants as appropriate 
and has standing invitations for the Chairman, Group 
Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer. Other regular 
attendees who advised the Committee were the Group 
Financial Controller, the Chief Risk Officer and the Group 
Head of Compliance and General Counsel. Other members 
of senior management were also invited to attend as 
appropriate. 

The Chairman regularly meets on a one-on-one basis with 
members of senior management to fully understand any 
matters of concern and to facilitate effective debate at 
Committee meetings. 

Representatives from BDO, including the lead audit 
partner for the 2020 financial year, attended all of the 
Committee’s scheduled meetings. During 2020, private 
meetings were held with the external auditors without 
management present. Representatives from RSM UK, the 
Group’s internal audit function attend all of the Committee’s 
scheduled meetings. Private meetings were also held with 
representatives from RSM UK. These meetings provided an 
opportunity for any matters to be raised confidentially.

annual report and accounts 
The Committee has assessed the financial statements 
of the Group as to whether they are fair, balanced and 
understandable and that they accurately represent the 
financial position and performance of the Group, business 
model and strategy. 

 
 
 
66

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

audit coMMittee RepoRt 

continued

The key areas of estimation and judgement considered by 
the Committee are detailed below: 

Key areas of estimation and judgment 
Share-based payments The most significant share-based 
payment accounting costs for the Group relate to Long-
Term Incentive Awards (“LTIA”) and Deferred Equity Plans 
(“DEP”). The key area of estimation is on the anticipated 
levels of vesting. The Committee reviewed the performance 
conditions for vesting over the life of the awards. The impact 
of this assumption to the Income Statement was reviewed 
and the Committee agreed that these assumptions were 
appropriate. 

Goodwill and intangible assets An impairment test using 
a discounted cash flow model was conducted during the 
year. The test demonstrated an impairment in relation to 
the IMAs acquired as part of the acquisition of the ILC team 
in 2017. The carrying value of intangible assets in relation 
to the ILC team was reduced to nil. There is significant 
headroom available between the fair value of the goodwill 
asset and the carrying value for the remaining intangibles. 

lease assets and liabilities IFRS 16 became effective for 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. The new 
standard removes the distinction between operating and 
finance leases and requires the recognition of a right of use 
asset and corresponding liability for future lease payments. 
The Committee received updates throughout the year 
on the impact of IFRS 16 and key judgements, including 
the determination of the lease term and identification 
of an appropriate discount rate to use in the calculation 
of the lease liability. The Group opted to apply IFRS 16 
using a modified retrospective approach and adjusted its 
opening reserves at 1 July 2019. The Committee agreed 
with the discount rate recommended by management and 
the estimation and judgement required to determine the 
incremental borrowing rate. 

Seed investments The Group holds seeding investments 
in funds which it manages. Judgement is required to be 
exercised in terms of assessing whether these funds 
are to be consolidated in accordance with IFRS 10. The 
Group’s policy is to hold seed investments as assets for 
sale applying a simplified consolidation in accordance with 
IFRS 5 unless factors dictate that the investments should 
be consolidated in full under IFRS 10. At the reporting date 
there were no funds which require full consolidation under 
IFRS 10. A number of factors are applied to identify the funds 
that require full consolidation. The Committee discussed 
the approach taken by management and agreed that the 
methodology applied was appropriate. 

Going concern
The Committee is responsible for reviewing whether it is 
appropriate for the Group and the Company to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing the half-year 
and annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 
2020. 

The Committee reviewed a number of factors such as 
liquidity management and cash generation from operations, 
its regulatory capital requirement, contingent liabilities, 
unfavourable market scenarios versus the Group’s forecasts 
and other risks to the Group’s operations or balance sheet 
position.

The Committee resolved that it was appropriate for the 
Group and the Company to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the half-year and annual financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2020 and that the 
Group would be able to continue to operate over a period 
of at least twelve months from the date of approving the 
financial statements. 

Statement of viability
Under the 2018 Corporate Governance Code the Group is 
required to provide a statement of viability which can be 
found on pages 44 and 45. The Committee reviewed the 
Group’s viability for a period of three years and discussed 
the Group’s current financial position, the Group’s liquidity 
and any risk to its future liquidity and its regulatory capital 
requirement and its forecast surplus capital. The Committee 
recommended to the Board that the viability statement be 
approved.

capital reduction
At the 2019 AGM, the Company sought and gained 
shareholder approval for the reduction of the Company’s 
share capital to facilitate the reclassification of the merger 
reserve as a distributable reserve. The purpose of this 
reduction of capital was to create distributable reserves to 
support the Company’s ability to pay future dividends in 
accordance with its dividend policy. 

The capital reduction process is complex and requires High 
Court approval. The Committee reviewed the application, 
supporting witness statement and documents and 
recommended their approval to the Board.

On 21 January 2020, the High Court granted the final order 
and the appropriate filings were made with Companies 
House resulting in an increase of £44.4 million in the 
retained earnings of the Company.

external audit
BDO served as the Group’s external auditors during the year.

tenure
BDO was reappointed as the Group’s external auditors 
following appointment in 2014. The Group is in compliance 
with the requirements of the Statutory Audit Services for 
Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use 
of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014 and the Corporate Governance 
Code. This is the last year for the Lead Audit Partner Leigh 
Treacy before she rotates off after five years tenure and 
a new Lead Audit Partner will be approved by the Audit 
Committee for the financial year ending 30 June 2021.

67

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

internal audit 
The Group’s internal audit function is outsourced to RSM UK. 
The lead Internal Audit Partner reports directly to the Chair 
of the Committee. 

The Committee worked with internal audit to ensure that the 
audit plan for the year addressed the most material risks to 
the Group and the key themes affecting the industry and 
considered the actions management has taken to implement 
the recommendations of RSM. This included a focus on 
financial promotions, SMCR implementation, key financial 
controls and the detection and prevention of financial crime. 
A total of six internal audits have been completed with 
further internal audits planned for the remainder of the 
2020 calendar year.

Effectiveness of internal audit 
In reviewing the effectiveness and independence of the 
internal audit function, The Committee is satisfied with 
the quality, experience and expertise of RSM UK as an 
outsourced internal audit function. 

In its assessment, the Committee met with the lead partner 
of Internal Audit to discuss the effectiveness of the function, 
reviewed and assessed the annual internal audit work plan; 
received reports on the results of the internal auditors’ work 
and monitored and assessed the role and effectiveness 
of the internal audit function in the overall context of the 
company’s risk management systems.

anGela cRaWFoRd-inGle
CHAIR OF AUDIT COMMITTEE

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Effectiveness 
An evaluation of the independence and effectiveness of 
BDO as the Group’s external auditors was made, taking 
into consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory 
requirements. 

In its evaluation the Committee considered explanations 
from the auditors of the risks to audit quality that they 
identified and how these have been addressed. The 
Committee reviewed whether the external auditors have 
met the agreed audit plan, including changes in perceived 
audit risks and the work undertaken by the external 
auditors to address those risks. In addition, the Committee 
obtained feedback about the conduct of the audit from 
key people involved including the Chief Financial Officer. 
Finally, the Committee reviewed and monitored the content 
of the external auditors’ management letter, and other 
communications with the Audit Committee, in order to 
assess whether it is based on a good understanding of the 
Group’s business and establish whether recommendations 
have been acted upon.

Overall, BDO was found to have performed effectively 
during the audit and to have upheld the same standards of 
professional service as prior years.

Fees
During the year BDO informed the Committee of its 
expectation that fees charged in respect of the audit would 
increase going forwards, driven principally by changes to 
the audit market and an increased focus on audit quality. 
The Committee challenged the level and rationale for the 
increases.

The fees incurred with BDO during the year are disclosed 
below.

Audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services

Year ended 
30 June 2020 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 June 2019 
£’000

130
114
75

319

104
99
52

255

Services classified as audit related assurance services 
include the review of the interim results, and CASS audit. The 
Committee is of the view that the provision of these services 
by BDO continues to be the most efficient and cost-effective 
means for this work to be completed.

 
 
 
68

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

RiSK coMMittee RepoRt

Membership and attendance
Membership of the committee comprised the 
independent non-executive directors 
(meeting attendance is on page 51):

John Misselbrook (Chair)

 •
 • Angela Crawford-Ingle
 • Miriam Greenwood

The Board considers all the members to have the relevant 
skills and experience to be members of the Committee and 
they have all attended the quarterly meetings, with ad hoc 
meetings held as required. The Committee met five times in 
the past year. The Committee invites other participants as 
appropriate and has standing invitations for the Chairman, 
Group Chief Executive and Head of Compliance, Chief 
Financial Officer, Group Chief Risk Officer, Group General 
Counsel and Head of Compliance and Group Chief Operating 
Officer.

The Committee has had a full agenda consistent with the 
Board’s objectives. During the year the Risk function was 
further strengthened with the appointment of an investment 
risk specialist.

Key responsibilities
 • Assessing the principal risks that arise from the Group’s 

business model that can impact future performance, and 
to provide the Board with advice on risk strategy.

 • Oversight of the risk framework.
 • Review and recommendation for annual approval by the 

Board of the risk appetite statement, including the key risk 
indicators reflecting the Board’s risk tolerance.
 • Reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of our 

processes and controls in identifying, mitigating and 
managing significant strategic, credit, operational 
regulatory, conduct and liquidity risks.

 • Reviewing the Group’s ICAAP.

The Committee’s full terms of reference can be found at 
www.riverandmercantile.com.

covid-19
The primary risks to the Group from the COVID-19 
pandemic have been 1) the potential for significant fall in 
equity markets and other asset prices, due to a significant 
economic downturn, severely impacting on revenues, and 2) 
the potential operational failures brought about by the move 
to remote working. 

As part of the Group’s ICAAP, the Group examined several 
stress scenarios that could significantly impact Group 
revenue and profitability. One such is a severe economic 
downturn and associated fall in equity markets and other 
asset prices. Under this scenario the Group is forecast to 
generate cash and profits even in the face of the severe 
economic downturn modelled.

In late Q1 2020 / early Q2 2020 we conducted a review of 
actual market falls compared with the assumptions made 
in our severe economic downturn stress scenario. The 
maximum falls experienced to date during the COVID-19 
period lie well within the stressed assumptions made in 
our scenario. 

69

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I would like to commend the focus executive management 
have given to strengthening the risk culture in a particularly 
challenging business environment and to my colleagues on 
the Committee for their challenge and oversight.

JoHn MiSSelBRooK
CHAIR OF RISK COMMITTEE

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Additionally, the Group conducted a specific COVID-19-
related operational risk assessment to understand how 
the Group’s business operations could be impacted. This 
assessment examined two points in time: 
 • point 1 – Remote Working Adopted – the point when 

the decision was taken for the whole Group to switch to 
remote working. 

 • point 2 – Remote Working Established, approximately one 
month after ‘Point 1’ when remote working both internally 
and externally had become more established. 

The assessment demonstrated that although inherent risks 
have increased with the move to remote working, these 
increases have been mitigated by one-off initiatives and 
the existing control framework with minimal enhancement 
needed.

The measures the Group has taken to continue business 
operations in response to COVID-19 have demonstrated 
the flexibility of staff to adapt quickly to new working 
environments, as well as the resilience of the Group’s 
infrastructure and operational processes to adapt to 
function remotely.

Risk framework
Further work has been carried out through the year to 
refine and improve the risk framework. To review and revise 
policies, duties and responsibilities. The third line of defence 
was strengthened with the appointment of an outsourced 
internal audit function.

SMcR
The project that was underway at the time of my last report 
was completed on time and enabled the business to meet 
the senior manager regime requirements in December 2019. 
Work has continued in 2020 to develop the fit and proper 
certification regime and to provide the training required to 
senior managers and certified staff.

icaap
During 2020 we have enhanced the capital allocation 
methodology with the use of a statistical model.

conduct
Embedding the cultural values that puts the client first and 
delivers good client outcomes has continued to be a focus 
for the Executive Directors and the Board and particularly 
through the significant change to operational practices as 
the business moved from an office environment to working 
from home.

Mutual funds
We successfully transferred the ACD for the UK domiciled 
funds to Equity Trustees Fund Services Limited in Q4 last 
year, and we have continued to improve our oversight of 
fund liquidity. Through the sharp market correction and 
increased volatility in the first quarter our funds retained 
sound levels of liquidity. We have continued to enhance 
oversight of funds through development of the second line 
of defence investment risk function.

 
 
 
70

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

inveStMent coMMittee RepoRt

Membership and attendance
Membership of the committee comprised the 
independent non-executive directors 
(meeting attendance is on page 51):

John Misselbrook (Chair)

 •
 • Angela Crawford-Ingle
 • Miriam Greenwood

The Investment Committee was re-engineered and re-
constituted as a committee of the Board in early 2020 to 
provide the Board with greater oversight of the Group’s 
investment functions as they grow, develop and become 
more diverse. As an investment focussed business that will 
only grow significantly through strong investment processes 
and performance, this will help to achieve the Group’s 
growth objectives. The Committee as well as providing the 
Board with deeper oversight of investment, investment 
process and investment performance, will also enhance and 
strengthen communications between the Board and the 
investment teams.

The Board considers all the members to have the relevant 
skills and experience to be members of the Committee. 
The Committee met three times in the past year. There are 
standing invitations to attend meetings extended to the 
Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Risk Officer, 
Head of Distribution and Senior Managers responsible for 
Investment for the RAMAM and RAMIL businesses. 

Key responsibilities
 • Reviewing the investment performance of the Group’s 

investment products and solutions. 

 • Oversight of changes to investment policies and 

processes.

 • Where relevant, in-depth reviews of investment products 

including policy and process.

 • Oversight of the Group’s approach to ESG within our 

investment solutions.

 • Oversight of our investment competencies and capacity in 

product development.

Focus to date
During this financial year the Committee Chair in conjunction 
with the other members and standing attendees identified 
the following areas of focus:
 • eSG and sustainability: Oversight of how the investment 

teams integrate ESG and sustainability into their 
investment processes. 

 • liquidity assessment: A review of liquidity across Group 
products was carried out to understand if there were any 
that could be considered outside of investor expectation. 
While liquidity differs across portfolios, none were 
considered to be out of line with expectations.

 • process and models: The Committee has been working 
with the executive to document how changes to models 
underlying investment processes should be governed 
including the sign off process and which will be notified to 
the Committee. 

 • Benchmarking and peer groups: A review of the 

benchmarks and peer groups used across the Group’s 
products to understand and assess their suitability, with 
the aim of ensuring that success could be appropriately 
assessed. 

 • value assessment: Oversight of the first value for money 

assessment for the Group’s UK fund products. 

71

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Focus for the next year
Similar to last year the Committee with the standing 
attendees have highlighted a number of areas for focus over 
the coming 12 months:
 • eSG and sustainability: This will continue to be an 
important area for the Group both in launching new 
products with a specific ESG focus and also integrating 
into existing processes to provide more sustainable 
portfolios. 

 • Second line risk reporting: With new hires in the risk 

team we will be formalising the second line of defence risk 
reporting up to the Board.

 • liquidity stress testing: Reviewing the outcomes of 

this testing and considering if any additional analysis is 
relevant for the Groups’ products to ensure that investors’ 
expectations align with actual portfolio liquidity. 

JoHn MiSSelBRooK
CHAIR OF INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
72

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

ReMuneRation

Membership and attendance
Membership of the committee comprised the 
independent non-executive directors 
(meeting attendance is on page 51):

 • Miriam Greenwood (Chair)
 • Angela Crawford-Ingle
John Misselbrook
 •

Dear shareholders,

2020 has shaped up to be a year like no other. When I last 
wrote to you, who could have imagined what the coming 
year would bring? We are acutely aware of the difficulties and 
uncertainty faced by many this year. As a company we do 
not operate in isolation, and our clients and people too have 
been affected by the events of this year. 

James Barham, our Group Chief Executive, waived his 
entitlement to receive variable remuneration this year in 
advance of the Remuneration Committee’s determination of 
year-end remuneration outcomes. This waiver of entitlement 
includes both cash variable remuneration and the award 
of an LTIA. James took this leadership decision in light of 
the economic uncertainty and challenges presented by 
the COVID-19 crisis and to protect the Group’s employees’ 
variable remuneration from further reduction because of the 
reduction in performance fees earned in the period. We have 
included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, details of 
James’ annual bonus appraisal. 

Simon Wilson, having recently joined us, was not entitled to 
any award of variable remuneration for the period. However, 
in order to secure a candidate of Simon’s calibre, we granted 
Simon a buy-out award of shares to compensate him for the 
forfeiture of cash incentive compensation from his previous 
employer. 

The careful stewardship of the Company during this period, 
has ensured that we have continued to pay dividends to our 
shareholders in line with our dividend policy. We have not 
required the assistance of any government sponsored relief, 
such as the UK’s furlough scheme.

Remuneration review and new policy 
You will recall that we said in last year’s annual report that we 
were planning on undertaking a fundamental review of our 
Remuneration Policy and consultation with our shareholders 
on the design of a new policy. As you would expect, the 
design and structure of a new Remuneration Policy has been 
a key focus of the Remuneration Committee over the past 
year. We have appointed new remuneration advisers, PwC, 
to provide us with advice on the design and structure of a 
new Remuneration Policy. Following careful consideration 
of the Committee of the most appropriate policy for the 
Group, we determined that our aim of a simplified policy 
aligning shareholder and stakeholder interests with the 
incentivisation of our Executive Directors to deliver the 
Group’s strategy of profitable growth was best served by a 
simplified remuneration structure focussed on long-term 
incentives and the appropriate sharing in value creation 
between shareholders and executives.

Our existing remuneration arrangements for Executive 
Directors were put in place in 2017. Certain elements of 
our existing Remuneration Policy have been problematic 
both in concept and application for both shareholders 
and the Company. The existing policy includes Executive 
Director participation in the performance fee remuneration 
pool. In 2019 following shareholder concerns, we removed 
performance fee remuneration as a specific element 
of variable pay for Executive Directors and rather treat 

73

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

performance fees earned as being part of the total revenue 
for the Group. This element of variable remuneration has 
now been removed permanently in our new policy. 

 • A senior management share plan for key senior 

employees with performance conditions closely aligned 
with the Executive Directors’ value transformation plan.

The inclusion of a group wide remuneration cap of 54 per 
cent. of net management and advisory fees plus 50 per cent. 
of performance fees constrains the Group’s ability to invest 
and retain high calibre individuals to develop and execute on 
our strategic objective to deliver value to investors through 
profitable growth. While the remuneration ratio cap in the 
existing policy allows for the Remuneration Committee 
to exercise discretion to exclude certain items from the 
remuneration ratio cap on a temporary basis, the result 
is unnecessary complexity and analysis as to whether an 
item can be treated as outside of the remuneration ratio 
cap. We are therefore seeking to remove the Group wide 
remuneration ratio cap from our existing policy as part of the 
simplification. The formal removal of this cap from the policy 
does not pave the way for unconstrained remuneration 
growth across the Group. Individual caps on variable 
remuneration will continue to be operated. The Committee 
will continue to monitor both the Group’s remuneration 
ratio to avoid unwarranted increases to our spend on 
remuneration and the return on our investment in people to 
ensure that our growth strategy is delivered on. 

The past year has seen changes to our executive leadership 
team, with James Barham leading the Group as Group Chief 
Executive and the appointment of Simon Wilson as Chief 
Financial Officer. Our proposed new policy is designed 
to incentivise and retain our refocussed executive team 
and align their pay with shareholder and stakeholder 
outcomes to ensure that they are fairly rewarded for strong 
performance over the longer-term. The key features of our 
proposed new policy to support these aims are:
 • A reduction in maximum cash bonus opportunity from 

300% of base salary to 250% of base salary of which half 
are in shares, subject to a holding period of three years 
and a further restriction on sale (other than for tax) unless 
the minimum shareholding requirement has been met.
 • The grant of a one-off five-year value transformation plan 
sharing in the growth in value created above a 12% per 
annum compound Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) hurdle 
rate, where the sharing percentage is up to 6%.

 • A significant increase in the Executive Directors’ minimum 
shareholding requirements to 500% of base salary for the 
Group Chief Executive and 300% of base salary for the 
Chief Financial Officer.

 • The extension of malus and clawback to all variable 

remuneration awards or payments to Executive Directors.

 • The introduction of a post retirement shareholding 
requirement of 200% of base salary for two years.

 • A reduction and alignment of pension contributions with 

the wider workforce, currently 5% of base salary.

 • The ability for the Committee to exercise its discretion 
to override formulaic remuneration outcomes where 
the circumstances warrant this, taking into account the 
overall performance and position of the Company and the 
performance of the Executive Directors.

Our proposed new policy simplifies performance metrics 
and provides for clear and transparent performance metrics 
that our shareholders can monitor performance of our 
Executive Directors against. The policy is aligned with current 
governance guidelines and best practices for executive 
pay in listed companies. It aims to drive behaviours across 
our senior management team that are consistent with our 
conduct led culture and strategy.

the link between strategy and remuneration
The proposed new policy will support the delivery of our 
strategy of investing for profitable growth to deliver value to 
our shareholders. This is achieved by ensuring that a greater 
proportion of overall incentives are delivered in the longer 
term in the form of real equity. 

The value transformation plan provides for the 
appropriate sharing in value creation between executives 
and shareholders where material value is created for 
shareholders. It requires significant value, 12 per cent. per 
annum TSR growth, to be achieved before the Executive 
Directors are rewarded. The Executive Directors’ share in 
the value created is capped at 6 per cent., split between the 
Group Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer as 3.75 per 
cent. and 2.25 per cent. respectively. 

James Barham has detailed his strategy for the Group in his 
statement which provides further detail on the investments 
that will be made in infrastructure, product and distribution 
to achieve profitable growth. The value transformation plan 
is by design supportive of his strategy and vision for the 
Group, as it measures growth over a five year period allowing 
only for the executives to share in this growth where it is in 
excess of the challenging 12 per cent. per annum TSR hurdle 
set by the Committee. Value created below the TSR hurdle 
will result in no payments under the plan. 

Risk and reward
Conduct and compliance continue to serve an important 
role in remuneration for all employees to ensure that we 
have a conduct led culture. All share awards are subject 
to adjustment at the discretion of the Committee, with 
the ability to override formulaic outcomes where deemed 
appropriate to do so. Prior to the vesting of awards, 
evaluation against a set of conduct, risk and compliance 
checkpoints is undertaken and confirmation provided 
to the Chairman of the Committee. Post-vesting, awards 
may be subject to clawback provisions as determined by 
the Committee.

 
 
 
74

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

ReMuneRation

continued

employee share ownership
We continue to encourage a culture of employee share 
ownership. We continue to see wide support for our HMRC 
approved Save-As-You-Earn share scheme in the UK, with 
recent uptake of 46 per cent. in our 2020 scheme. 

Attracting, incentivising and retaining talented high 
calibre individuals is key to delivering our growth strategy. 
As mentioned above, we plan to introduce a senior 
management share plan for key senior employees closely 
aligned with the performance conditions of the Executive 
Directors’ value transformation plan to promote vertical 
alignment through the business. 

directors’ remuneration report
I am pleased to present our Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 30 June 2020. The 2020 report is split into 
two parts:
 • The Directors’ Remuneration Policy. This is subject to 

binding vote and sets out our future policy for approval by 
shareholders.

 • The Annual Report on Remuneration. This outlines how 
we implemented our current policy in 2019/2020 and 
how we intend to apply the new Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy in the current financial year (FY20/21).

To reflect changes resulting from our proposed new 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy, we are also putting forward 
new rules for our value transformation plan and an 
amendment to our DEP to allow for awards to be satisfied 
from newly issued shares in accordance with ABI guidelines 
which may be used for our senior management share plan 
detailed above. 

Shareholder engagement
I am grateful for the constructive engagement and valuable 
feedback provided by our major shareholders which helped 
to develop the new policy. We have sought to incorporate 
shareholder feedback where possible.

We are keen to encourage an ongoing dialogue with our 
shareholders on our remuneration framework and look 
forward to receiving your support at the AGM in December. 

MiRiaM GReenWood
CHAIR OF REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

75

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

diRectoRS’ ReMuneRation policY

Remuneration policy for executive directors
River and Mercantile is seeking shareholder approval for a new Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) at our 2020 AGM. 
If approved, this new Policy is intended to apply for a period of three years from the AGM.

The last Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM, and provides for a cash based 
annual bonus plan and a share based long term incentive plan. We are seeking to implement a new simplified policy, under 
which a significant proportion of the annual bonus is delivered in shares and a new five year long term incentive plan 
(“Value Transformation Plan” or “VTP”) designed to remunerate Executive Directors only where material value is created for 
shareholders with phased vesting in years 3, 4 and 5 of the plan.

We are also presenting for shareholder approval:
 • Plan rules for the Value Transformation Plan; and 
 • An amendment to the existing Deferred Equity Plan (“DEP”) to provide for vested awards to be settled through the issuance 
of new shares and /or market purchase shares and the alignment of the malus and clawback provisions between the DEP 
and VTP. 

executive director remuneration at a glance
This table summarises the proposed changes to the 2017 Directors’ Remuneration Policy, subject to shareholder approval.

Current	Policy

Proposed	Policy	

Group Chief Executive salary: £360,000
CFO salary: £250,000

no change Group Chief Executive salary: £360,000
CFO salary: £250,000

Executive Directors may receive up to 10 per cent. 
Group contribution to pension scheme.

Group Chief Executive: An amount equivalent to 9 
per cent. of base salary

CFO: An amount equivalent to 5 per cent. of base 
salary

Executive Directors have access to the same 
benefits as the general workforce, including 
the save as you earn scheme, health and other 
insurances.

Short term 
incentive (“STI”)

Maximum opportunity of 300 per cent. of base 
salary payable in cash, subject to a 1:1 ratio with 
Long Term Incentive Award.

performance fee 
remuneration

A share of performance fees earned up to a 
maximum of £1 million per annum.

Reduction in pension contribution or cash in lieu 
of pension for Group Chief Executive. Pension 
contributions aligned with the general workforce, 
currently 5 per cent. of base salary.

no change

Reduction in opportunity to 250 per cent. of 
base salary subject to the achievement of annual 
performance targets with half paid in shares and half 
paid in cash. STI shares are subject to a minimum 
three-year holding period. 

No STI shares may be sold, except to meet tax 
liability until the minimum shareholding requirement 
is achieved.

Removed from the proposed Policy.

Element

Salary

pension

Benefits

long term 
incentive

Maximum award of 400 per cent. of base salary 
per annum. Three-year performance period with 
a two-year holding period. Vesting based on the 
achievement of performance conditions, including 
the maintenance of a minimum level of growth as 
measured by adjusted underlying EPS growth.

Replace the annual grant over the next 3 years, with 
a single five year value transformation plan sharing 
in the growth in value created above a demanding 
12 per cent. per annum compound Total Shareholder 
Return (‘TSR’) hurdle rate with phased vesting over 
years 3, 4 and 5 of the plan.

Participants will share in 6 per cent. (Group Chief 
Executive – 3.75 per cent., CFO – 2.25 per cent.) of 
the total value created for shareholders above this 
hurdle rate. There will be no payout for performance 
below the hurdle rate.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
76

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

diRectoRS’ ReMuneRation policY

continued

Element

Current	Policy

Proposed	Policy	

Remuneration 
cap

Group wide remuneration capped at 54 per cent. 
of net management and advisory fees, plus 50 per 
cent. of performance fees.

Shareholding 
requirement

post-cessation 
shareholding 
requirement 

Malus and 
clawback

200 per cent. of base salary.

No post-cessation shareholding requirement.

Malus adjustment applicable to all awards.

Clawback applicable to cash variable remuneration 
and performance fee remuneration for a 12 month 
period.

Group wide remuneration cap removed. Individual 
bonus capped as a percentage of salary and VTP 
opportunities capped in both absolute terms 
and shareholder dilution. In addition, overall 
compensation spend will be monitored annually 
relative to affordability and the overall performance 
of the Group.

increased to 500 per cent. of base salary for Group 
Chief Executive and 300 per cent. of base salary for 
CFO.

Post-cessation shareholding requirement of 200 per 
cent. of salary for a period of 2 years.

Malus and clawback applicable to all variable 
remuneration, with triggers aligned with market best 
practice. 

policY deSiGn and SHaReHoldeR enGaGeMent
The Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’) has considered and reflected upon the feedback received from shareholders 
both in previous years on matters related to remuneration and governance, and has also undertaken extensive shareholder 
consultation in advance of putting this Policy to shareholders for approval. 

In developing this new Policy, with feedback received from our shareholders, it has been central to the Committee’s thinking 
to ensure that there is a strong alignment between shareholder and stakeholder interests by incentivising our Executive 
Directors to deliver the Group’s strategy of profitable growth. We believe this is best served by a simplified Policy focussed on 
long-term incentives and the appropriate sharing in value creation between shareholders and Executive Directors. 

Key features of the new Policy include: 
 • A long-term (five year) element of the incentive package to align and drive the longer term strategic objectives;
 • Appropriate sharing in value creation between Executives and shareholders but only if material value, over a demanding 
12% per annum compound Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) hurdle rate which includes dividends paid, is created for 
shareholders through income and capital growth;

 • A greater proportion of overall incentives will be delivered over the longer term in the form of shares, with a reduction in 

the short-term cash incentive opportunity;

 • Alignment with the pension contributions of the general workforce; and an
 •

Increased alignment of executive interests to those of shareholders through a substantial increase in Executive Directors’ 
shareholding requirement and the introduction of a post-cessation shareholding requirement.

The Committee has been mindful of the weighting of fixed and variable pay and the balance of short and long-term awards, 
and has sought to position a larger proportion of the remuneration package as equity-based and performance-related pay 
to support the delivery of the Group’s strategic objectives of profitable growth and the creation of shareholder value. This 
alignment of these objectives is further reinforced by the phased vesting, deferral of payments and holding periods and the 
substantial increase in shareholding requirements to drive strong and sustainable growth with a longer term focus for the 
business from the Executive Directors. 

The Policy provides for simpler and more transparent performance metrics against which our shareholders can monitor 
the performance of our Executive Directors. The Policy is aligned with current governance guidelines and best practice for 
executive pay in listed companies. It aims to drive behaviours across our senior management team that are consistent with 
our conduct-led culture and strategy.

Attracting, incentivising and retaining talented high calibre individuals is key to delivering our growth strategy. Accordingly, a 
senior management share plan will be introduced for key senior employees aligned with the performance conditions of the 
value transformation plan to promote vertical alignment through the business. 

77

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

When determining the Policy, the Committee has considered the requirements under the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2018 (the ‘Code’). In order to avoid conflicts of interest arising, the Executive Directors are not members of the Committee. 
Attendance at Committee meetings for non-members is by invitation only at the request of the Chair. The Committee believes 
that it has taken sufficient steps to avoid and manage the conflicts of interest that may arise when determining the Policy. The 
table below details how the Committee addressed the principles set out in the Code:

Clarity

 • Remuneration arrangements under the Policy are transparent and promote effective engagement with 

shareholders and our workforce.

 • As part of the Policy review and design shareholders were consulted to understand their views on the 

proposed changes.

Simplicity

 • One of the key objectives of the Committee’s review and design of the new Policy was to ensure that 

the remuneration structures in the Policy avoid complexity and are easy to understand.

Risk

 • The VTP uses a single metric – a 12% per annum compound TSR hurdle rate – avoiding the use of 

multiple complex performance metrics.

 •

In line with regulatory requirements, our approach aims to promote sound and effective risk 
management whilst supporting the Company’s long-term success. The Committee considers that the 
structure of incentive arrangements does not encourage inappropriate risk-taking.

 • Holding periods and our shareholding requirement (including the post cessation shareholding 

requirement) provide a clear link to the ongoing and sustainable performance of the business and the 
experience of our shareholders.

 • The VTP has a phased vesting over years 3, 4 and 5 to avoid the risk of single cliff edge vesting driving 

excessive risk taking. 

 • Malus and clawback provisions apply to STI and the VTP.

Predictability

 • Our policy contains details of the threshold, target and maximum opportunities showing the range of 

possible values of rewards to individual directors.

Proportionality

 • Our Policy links individual awards with the delivery of strategy and the long-term performance of the 

Company. 

 • Half of STI is paid in shares subject to a three year holding period.
 • Under the VTP, Executive Directors are only rewarded where material value is created for shareholders 

with phased vesting in years 3, 4 and 5 of the plan.

 • The Committee has discretion to adjust formulaic outcomes if they are not considered to be 

representative of the overall financial performance of the Group.

Alignment to 
culture

 • Reward is not determined solely on financial performance but also by metrics consistent with our 

conduct-led culture and strategy.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
78

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

diRectoRS’ ReMuneRation policY

continued

The following table sets out the key elements of the Policy for the Executive Directors

Element	and	strategic	link

Operation 

Maximum	opportunity

Performance targets  
and	recovery	provisions

Salary

To provide competitive fixed 
remuneration that will attract and 
retain appropriate talent.

Changes	from	previous	policy
None.

Benefits

To provide competitive benefits 

Changes	from	previous	policy
None.

There are no prescribed maximum 
salary levels set under this Policy.

No performance targets. 

No recovery provisions apply.

Salaries for Executive Directors 
will not be increased by more than 
the average increase in employee 
salaries over the period since the 
last change in Executive Director 
salary, except to reflect changes 
in role.

In exceptional circumstances the 
Committee will retain the discretion 
to award increases at a level greater 
than that applied to the general 
workforce. For example, if a role 
has increased significantly in scope 
or complexity or if an Executive 
Director has been recruited on a 
below market salary.

Benefit values may fluctuate from 
year to year depending on premia 
and the maximum potential value 
is the cost of the provision of these 
benefits.

No performance targets.

No recovery provisions apply.

Base salaries are appropriately 
positioned to attract and retain 
Executive Directors with the 
required skills and experience to 
deliver our strategic objectives.

Base salaries are paid in monthly 
cash instalments and are normally 
reviewed annually with any 
increases effective from 1 July each 
year.

In reviewing base salaries, the 
Committee takes into account a 
number of factors, including:
 • Group and individual 

performance;

 •

Responsibilities, experience and 
size/scope of role;

 • Wage increases amongst the 

general workforce; and

 • Market data for comparable 

roles in the sector determined 
by reference to factors 
that include size, business 
operations, complexity, and 
geographical locations.

Benefits are provided to ensure 
our remuneration packages are 
appropriate to attract and retain 
executives with the required skills 
and experience to deliver our 
strategic objectives. 

Benefits are provided to Executive 
Directors at a market competitive 
level, taking into account benefits 
offered to the general workforce. 

79

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Element	and	strategic	link

Operation 

Maximum	opportunity

pension

Enables and encourages provision 
for retirement and reflects local 
market practice.

Pension contributions as a 
percentage of salary are aligned 
with the general workforce.

Executive Directors are eligible for 
employer contributions in respect 
of the Group’s defined contribution 
pension scheme, which may be 
received in part or in full in cash.

The maximum contribution to the 
pension scheme (or cash in lieu of 
pension) is the greater of up to 5% 
of salary or the average pension 
contribution for the general 
workforce. 

Performance targets  
and	recovery	provisions

No performance targets.

No recovery provisions apply.

Changes	from	previous	policy
Reduction in maximum pension contribution from 9% of salary for the Group Chief Executive to a maximum of 5% of salary, to bring this fully in line 
with the level currently offered to employees of the Group. The CFO was recruited on a pension contribution of 5% salary and therefore aligned with 
the workforce from the outset.

annual bonus

To provide clear alignment of 
objectives and performance 
with the delivery of our annual 
financial and non-financial strategic 
objectives.

The element of the annual bonus 
awarded in shares is subject to a 
holding period to provide longer-
term alignment with the interests of 
the Group and shareholders.

Eligibility to participate in an annual 
bonus plan at the discretion of the 
Committee. 

Annual bonus maximum award of 
250% of salary.

Half of the bonus awarded will be 
delivered in shares (net of payment 
for tax and NIC) and subject to a 
three-year holding period.

Dividends may be received on 
shares during the holding period.

If regulations (Financial Conduct 
Authority or another regulatory 
body relevant to the Group’s 
activities) require deferral levels 
that are greater than those set out 
under the Policy, the Committee 
will approve the required level of 
deferrals of annual bonus awards 
required to comply fully with the 
regulations.

The Committee will determine 
performance measures and 
weightings annually that are aligned 
with the business plan and strategy. 
These will comprise a combination of 
financial and non-financial measures, 
with financial measures making up at 
least 50% of the scorecard.

A threshold, target and maximum 
performance level is set for each 
measure, with an outcome of 0% 
for threshold performance or below 
and 50% of maximum for on-target 
performance.

The Committee has discretion 
to adjust formulaic outcomes if 
they are not considered to be 
representative of the overall financial 
performance of the Group. Further, 
performance outcomes are subject 
to a discretionary downward risk 
adjustment, in consultation with the 
Board Risk Committee.

The specific metrics, targets and 
performance against targets will 
be disclosed retrospectively in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
for the year in which the bonus is 
earned.

Clawback will apply to the annual 
bonus as detailed below. 

Changes	from	previous	policy
An overall reduction in the quantum of annual bonus opportunity from 300% to 250% of salary. In addition, the introduction of half of the annual 
bonus being delivered in shares and subject to a three year holding period, which seeks to reinforce the alignment of interests of the Executive 
Directors with shareholders.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
80

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

diRectoRS’ ReMuneRation policY

continued

Element	and	strategic	link

Operation 

Maximum	opportunity

Performance targets  
and	recovery	provisions

Value Transformation Plan (“VTP”)

In aggregate, individual amounts 
that may be received by Executive 
Directors will be capped as follows:

Group Chief Executive – Lower of 
£20 million or 2.5% of issued share 
capital.

The initial share price used for 
measuring TSR will be the higher 
of £1.70 and the 30 day volume 
weighted average share price from 
the date of the publication of the 
preliminary results for the financial 
year ended 30 June 2020.

CFO – Lower of £12 million or 1.5% 
of issued share capital. 

The TSR used at each Measurement 
Date will be based on a 30 day 
volume weighted average share 
price following the publication of the 
preliminary results for the relevant 
year.

Malus and clawback will apply to the 
VTP as detailed below.

The Remuneration Committee 
may vary the level of vesting, if it 
determines that the formulaic vesting 
level would not reflect business 
or personal performance or such 
other factors as it may consider 
appropriate.

To provide long-term alignment 
of executive remuneration to 
sustained business performance 
relative to long-term strategic 
objectives and shareholder value 
creation.

A one-off award that grants 
Executive Directors the opportunity 
to earn share awards over a five-
year performance period.

A minimum Total Shareholder 
Return (“TSR”) of 12% compounded 
annually above which value starts 
to accrue to participants, with 
nothing earned below this hurdle 
growth rate. Participants will share 
in 6% (Group Chief Executive – 
3.75%, CFO – 2.25%) of the total 
value created for shareholders 
above this hurdle rate.

The TSR hurdle will be measured on 
each of the third, fourth and fifth 
anniversaries of the performance 
period (“Measurement Date”). On 
each of these Measurement Dates, 
the participants will ‘bank’ their 
share in the value created in excess 
of the hurdle over the prior period, 
in the form of nil-cost options. This 
will be calculated based on the 30 
day volume weighted average share 
price following the publication 
of the preliminary results in the 
relevant year. 

The TSR calculation includes 
dividend payments. If the Company 
has undertaken a share buy-back 
between Measurement dates, The 
Committee may make appropriate 
adjustments to exclude the impact 
of these from the calculation of 
the TSR.

Banked nil-cost options will vest as 
follows:
 •

25% of the bank at the 1st 
Measurement Date in year 3 of 
the performance period;

 •

 •

25% of the bank at the 2nd 
Measurement Date (less any 
prior withdrawals) in year 4 of 
the performance period; and 

the balance of the bank at the 
3rd and final Measurement Date 
in year 5 of the performance 
period.

Vested awards are subject to a 
holding period such that they 
become unrestricted no earlier 
than 5 years from award.

Changes	from	previous	policy
Conversion of the current annually granted three year Long-Term Incentive Plan to a single five year Value Transformation Plan. The VTP simplifies 
performance matrices with a single performance metric, thereby providing a greater degree of transparency and direct alignment with longer-term 
sustained business performance and shareholder value creation. It also allows Executive Directors to build up material shareholdings in the Group, 
creating further alignment with the interests of the shareholders. 

81

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Element	and	strategic	link

Operation 

Maximum	opportunity

Performance targets  
and	recovery	provisions

all employee share plans

Executive Directors are eligible 
to participate in HMRC-approved 
share plans which promote share 
ownership by giving employees 
an opportunity to invest in Group 
shares.

Changes	from	previous	policy
None.

Shareholding requirements

Executive Directors may participate 
in these plans in line with HMRC 
guidelines on the same basis as 
other eligible employees.

Participation levels may be 
operated up to HMRC limits as 
amended from time to time.

No performance targets.

No recovery provisions apply.

The monthly savings limit for Save 
As You Earn (SAYE) is currently 
£500.

To ensure that Executive Directors’ 
interests are aligned with those of 
shareholders.

Executive Directors are required to 
build up their shareholding over a 
five-year period.

n/a.

The shareholding requirement for 
Group Chief Executive is 500% of 
Salary and CFO is 300% of Salary.

In addition to personally owned 
shares, shares not subject to 
performance conditions will count 
towards the requirement on a net-
of-tax value basis. 

Executive Directors must hold 
vested shares until the requirement 
is met except in exceptional 
circumstances with the approval 
of the Chair of the Committee. 
Executive Directors may sell shares 
to pay taxes that arise on vesting. 

Shareholding levels will be assessed 
annually following completion of the 
annual grant and vesting of awards, 
which will be disclosed in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

Upon leaving the Group, Executive 
Directors will be required to retain 
shares equivalent to 200% of salary 
or the number of shares held by an 
Executive Director if this is lower, 
for a period of 2 years. 

Changes	from	previous	policy
Minimum shareholding requirements increased substantially for all existing Executive Directors from 200% of salary, with the introduction of a 
post-cessation shareholding requirement. The increased shareholding requirement for Executive Directors further supports shareholder alignment, 
encouraging sustainable share price growth. Introducing a post-cessation shareholding requirement for Executive Directors will ensure Executive 
Directors consider effective succession planning and provides an ongoing exposure to the impact of decisions made during their employment 
through the share price of the Group post-cessation.

Malus and clawback
Malus and clawback provisions are applicable to STI and the VTP for the following periods:

STI – Cash
STI – Shares

VTP

Clawback is applicable for at least 2 years from the payment date. 

Malus adjustment applies to unvested nil cost options up to 5 years from the award date.
Clawback applies to vested nil cost options for two years following vesting of the nil cost options.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
82

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

diRectoRS’ ReMuneRation policY

continued

The circumstances in which the Committee may consider the application of malus and/or clawback are summarised as follows, 
but not limited to:
 • A material misstatement of the Group’s audited financial statements; 
 • Material failure of risk management; 
 • Fraud or other material financial irregularity; 
 • The participant has contributed to a material downturn in the financial performance of the Group (including a significant 

increase in the regulatory capital);

 • The participant has contributed to circumstances which give rise to a sufficiently negative impact on the reputation of the 

Group or would have if the circumstances had been made public;

 • An error in the information or assumptions on which the award was granted, vests or is released as a result of erroneous 

or misleading data or otherwise; 

 • Serious misconduct by a participant or otherwise; and where the Committee, in its reasonable opinion, determines that 

any act or omission by the participant warrants the exercise of malus; or

 • Corporate failure.

performance measures
Performance measures for the annual bonus are determined based on a mixture of financial, operational and strategic 
metrics and personal objectives. The types of measures chosen will seek to ensure alignment with the Group’s strategy each 
year. The precise metrics chosen, along with the weightings of each, may vary from year to year. The Committee will review 
the performance measures and targets each year and vary them as appropriate to reflect the priorities for the business in the 
year ahead.

Performance under the VTP is solely based on Total Shareholder Return over a five-year period. The target reflects the 
ambitious growth plans for the Group and this measure ensures that the Executive Directors’ interests are fully aligned with 
shareholders.

Overall compensation spend will be monitored by the Committee annually relative to affordability and the overall 
performance of the Group. Further, in order to ensure sound and effective risk management, performance outcomes are 
subject to a discretionary downward risk adjustment by the Committee with appropriate input from the risk, compliance and 
HR functions. 

legacy arrangements 
Executive Directors may be eligible to receive any payments from any remuneration arrangements in effect prior to the 
approval of this Policy (including vesting of share awards granted under prior Remuneration Policies or to the appointment 
to the Board). Details of any such payments will be set out in the applicable Annual Report on Remuneration as they 
arise. Outstanding awards include the 2018 LTIA and 2019 LTIA awards which are due to vest in June 2021 and June 2022 
respectively. The 2019 LTIA award is also subject to an additional 2 year holding period.

Recruitment policy
Remuneration packages for new Executive Directors (including those promoted internally) will be in line with the requirements 
of this Policy including maximum incentive levels.

If required, awards may be granted to replace awards or amounts granted to a new Executive Director by a previous employer 
that are forfeited (buy-out awards). Any buyout awards would be limited to what is considered to be a fair estimate of the 
value of remuneration forfeited and with equivalent terms (including vesting dates and performance conditions). The grant 
value of buyout awards is not subject to the maximum limits described in this Policy. 

The Group may cover a new Executive Director’s reasonable legal costs and certain relocation expenses. 

New Executive Directors may be eligible to participate in the VTP at the discretion of the Committee. Their share may be 
reduced to reflect the time elapsed from the grant of the initial awards, and the date of joining. The hurdle will remain 
unchanged and the starting price will be set at a minimum at the starting price for other Executive Directors. All awards limits 
and caps, as set out in this Policy, will apply to any new Executive Directors. The overall share of value to Executive Directors 
over the life of the VTP will not increase as a result of any new Executive Directors participating in the VTP.

performance scenarios
The charts provide an estimate of the remuneration that could be received by Executives Directors under the Policy set out 
in this report. Each of the bars is broken down to show how the total under each scenario is made up of fixed elements of 
remuneration, the annual bonus and the VTP. The charts illustrate that a significant proportion of both target and maximum 
pay is performance-related.

83

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Group Chief Executive
£ 

Chief Financial Officer
£ 

Minimum

100%

£380,563

Minimum

100%

£265,063

Target

37%

44% 19%

£1,023,896

Target

38%

45% 17%

£694,230

Maximum

23%

54%

23%

£1,667,230

Maximum

24%

56% 21%

£1,123,396

0

500,000

1,000,000

1,500,000

2,000,000

0

500,000

1,000,000

1,500,000

2,000,000

Fixed 
Annual bonus 
VTP 

Fixed 
Annual bonus 
VTP 

The table below sets out the assumptions used to calculate the elements of remuneration for each of the scenarios.

Scenario

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Annual	bonus(1)

Value	Transformation	Plan(2) 

Performance below threshold on every 
metric thus no bonus awarded

TSR growth less than 12% and thus no award 
under the VTP 

Performance in line with expectations and 
thus 50% of maximum bonus awarded

Performance is in line with the Group’s 
expectations – 50% of the average annual 
initial estimate of the accounting cost of 
award

Salary,	Pensions	 
and	Benefits

Fixed – included

Fixed – included

Performance exceeds Group expectations 
and thus 100% of maximum bonus 
awarded

Maximum performance is achieved – 100% of 
the average annual initial estimate of the 
accounting cost of award

Fixed – included

1.  The maximum Annual bonus is 250% for both Executive Directors.
2.  The VTP is a one-off award with a performance period of five years and a minimum holding period of five years from award. In line with the guidance issued by the GC100, 
the maximum value has been taken as the IFRS2 accounting cost, divided by 3 years commensurate with the life of this Policy, which is intended to provide an estimate of 
the value of the award on grant for this purpose. The target value represents 50% of the maximum.

The Group is aware of the revised regulations requiring the maximum scenario in the above charts to reflect Group share 
price appreciation of 50 per cent. during the relevant performance period for performance targets or measures relating to 
more than one financial year (i.e. the proposed VTP). For the proposed VTP a share price appreciation of 50 per cent. over five 
years would result in a nil payout i.e. that shown under the minimum scenario. As such, the 50 per cent. share price growth 
scenario has not been included. In addition, dividend equivalents have not been added to the Annual Bonus or VTP share 
awards.

As an alternative to the accounting value used for the VTP in the scenario charts above, the table below sets out the 
potential payout to the Executive Directors under the VTP based on a linear 20 per cent. p.a. growth in TSR over the five year 
performance period.

TSR Growth

Share price: start – end (including dividends)

Share of additional value created (%)

Shareholders

Group Chief Executive

CFO

20% p.a.

£1.70 to £4.23

£206m (95.1%)

£6.7m (3.1%)

£4.01m (1.8%)

executive directors’ service agreements
All Executive Directors have service agreements of an indefinite duration that can be terminated by either party by serving 
12 months’ notice. Under the Policy this is the maximum notice period that may be applied to Executive Directors. The 
terms of the service agreements are considered to be in line with current best practice for Executive Directors. The service 
agreements are available for inspection on request at the Company’s registered office and at the AGM.

Unless approved by the Company, the Executive Directors may not accept external directorships. Any external appointments 
of Executive Directors will be disclosed in the annual report. 

 
 
 
 
 
84

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

diRectoRS’ ReMuneRation policY

continued

Loss of office
In the event of the termination of an Executive Director, the terms of the termination will be determined by reference to the 
service agreement, the Policy and the rules of the relevant incentive plan, as detailed below:

element

policy

notice period

Twelve months for either party.

termination 
payments

Sti

vtp

The Company may require that all or an element of the notice period be taken as gardening leave. 

If an Executive Director is dismissed for cause, there will be no notice period or payment made for loss of office.

Consistent with other employees, the Group may, depending on the circumstances of the termination, determine that it will 
not pay the Executive Director in lieu of notice and may instead terminate an Executive Director’s contract in breach and 
make a damages payment, taking into account as appropriate the Director’s ability to mitigate his or her loss, subject to 
entering into a satisfactory settlement agreement. Payments may include insurance cover for a specified period following the 
termination date, outplacement services, legal fees or repatriation assistance. The Company may elect to pay in lieu of notice 
for all or a portion of the contractual notice period. In this instance, payment would be restricted to salary only and may be 
delivered monthly to mitigate loss. 

Any holiday entitlement will be pro-rated to reflect the proportion of the year employed. The Executive Director shall be 
entitled to payment in lieu of accrued holiday. The Company may require that any outstanding holiday entitlement be used 
during the notice period.

In the event of redundancy, a payment may be made in accordance with the Groups’ redundancy policy in effect at that time.

Good Leavers* may receive an annual bonus that the Committee determines would otherwise have been made, prorated 
for the period worked during the performance period, with any such award being subject to the original terms of the annual 
bonus (with the exception of death where the payment will be made as soon as reasonably practicable).

Any leaver not determined to be a Good Leaver* would not be eligible for any annual bonus in the year of termination.

For annual bonuses already paid under this Policy, the original holding period and clawback over this period will continue 
to apply on the share element (with the exception of death where the holding period will be released as soon as reasonably 
practical.

Any leaver not determined to be a Good Leaver* will not be eligible to be granted any options and any banked nil cost options 
that have not vested will be forfeited. Options that have vested and which have not been exercised will lapse i) immediately if 
the date of cessation of employment falls within five years of the award being made; or ii) thereafter 6 months from the date 
of cessation of employment or such other period as determined by the Committee. Holding periods will continue to apply to 
vested nil cost options (other than in the event of death).

For Good leavers* banked nil-cost options will vest at the normal vesting and will remain subject to the holding period (other 
than in the event of death). The Committee may determine that a Good Leaver*, leaving before the first Measurement Date, 
may continue to participate in the VTP on a pro-rata basis. A Good Leaver* leaving after the first Measurement Date may, at 
the discretion of the Committee, be able to participate in the VTP until the next Measurement Date following the cessation 
of employment on a pro-rata basis. After the vesting period, vested options that are exercisable shall lapse after 6 months 
from the date of cessation of employment or such other period as determined by the Committee. Holding periods will also 
continue to apply to vested nil cost options (other than in the event of death).

*  An Executive Director will be considered to be a good leaver where he or she leaves for reasons including death, ill health, injury or disability, retirement, redundancy, the 

transfer of the individual’s employment as part of a disposal of a business or the Company where the individual is employed or holds office ceasing to be a Group Company. 
The Committee has the discretion to determine that leaving for any other reason be treated as a good leaver.

executive director

Director Name

Appointment date

Effective	Date	of	Current	Service	Agreement

Notice period

James Barham

27th March 2014

Simon Wilson

19th May 2020 

6th April 2014

19th May 2020

12 months

12 months

85

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

non-executive director

Director Name

Appointment date

Effective	date	of	current	service	agreement

Notice period

Miriam Greenwood

28 May 2019

Angela Crawford-Ingle

29 May 2014

John Misselbrook

16 February 2018

Jonathan Dawson 

1 October 2017

28 May 2019

5 June 2017

16 February 2018

1 October 2017

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

When setting notice periods, the Committee has regard to market practice and corporate governance best practice. All 
service contracts are available for viewing at the Group’s registered office and at the AGM.

change of control policy 
A relevant corporate action will be defined as:
 • A change of control of the Company as a result of a general offer to acquire shares;
 • A compulsory acquisition of shares under Section 979 to 982 of the Companies Act 2006 takes place;
 • A Court sanctioned scheme of compromise or arrangement which would result in a change of control takes place;
 • A competent authority approving a cross border merger pursuant to which the Company ceases to exist; or
 • Notice is given for a voluntary winding up of the Company.

Remuneration	element

Recruitment	Policy

Annual bonus – 
Cash

Annual bonus – 
Shares subject to 
holding period

Value 
Transformation 
Plan 

Pro-rated for time and performance to the date of the change of control.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to determine otherwise.

Awards subject to a holding period will be released.

The Committee has discretion to not release the award early and instead roll the award into an equivalent 
award in the acquiring company, subject to the agreement of the participants.

The date of change of control will replace the end of the next VTP measurement date and the normal 
calculations will be undertaken with nil-cost options being awarded and vesting immediately at that time.

The measurement price on a change of control to determine the final VTP payment (calculated from the 
previous measurement date) will be equal to the offer price.

Awards will not be prorated on change of control, but remain subject to the hurdle assessment as described 
above.

The Committee has discretion to not release the award early and instead roll the award into an equivalent 
award in the acquiring company, subject to the agreement of the participants.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
86

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

diRectoRS’ ReMuneRation policY

continued

Remuneration policy for non-executive directors

The following table sets out the key elements of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors. 

Component

Operation 

Further information

The Non-Executive Directors will be entitled 
to additional fees in exceptional 
circumstances if determined appropriate by 
the Chairman in consultation with the Group 
Chief Executive.

Fees
To attract and retain an individual 
with the appropriate degree of 
expertise and experience.

Benefits
To enable the non-executive 
Directors to undertake their roles.

notice period

Key terms of appointment

Fees are paid in cash.

Fees for the Chairman are determined by the 
Committee, and fees for other non-executive 
Directors are determined by the Executive 
Directors in consultation with the Chairman. 
This includes the use of benchmarking data 
to determine appropriate fee levels. Non-
Executive Directors are paid a base fee and 
additional fees for acting as senior 
independent director or the chair of a 
committee. The Committee will make changes 
to remuneration as appropriate, subject to 
the aggregate limit on non-executive 
directors’ base fees set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association.

Fees are set at a level which reflect the duties, 
time commitment and contribution expected 
from the Chairman and non-executive 
directors.

Non-executive Directors’ benefits are 
principally expenses incurred in connection 
with the Group’s business and reflect 
business needs.

Three months by either party without liability 
for compensation for early termination.

The Chair and the Non-Executive Directors 
are subject to annual re-election at the AGM.

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group 
The Committee has taken careful consideration of remuneration arrangements for employees across the Group in 
determining the Policy and its implementation. Although we have not formally consulted our employees on the design and 
implementation of the Policy, the Committee considers employee feedback on remuneration and incentive arrangements. 
The Chair of the Committee is the director responsible for employee engagement. Employee feedback on the desire for 
wider equity incentive schemes has been considered and addressed through the implementation of the senior management 
share scheme. The Group’s HR Director is present at all Committee meetings and provides the Committee with reporting 
on proposed salary levels and variable remuneration awards during the annual remuneration process, and periodically on 
request. The Committee approves the overall variable remuneration spend each year and performs a detailed review of 
the remuneration of senior employees in addition to its review of remuneration of the Executive Directors. This information 
helps the Committee reach a conclusion on the remuneration policy which they believe is appropriate in light of employee 
remuneration and represents a consistent approach throughout the Group. 

A remuneration policy is in place for establishing standards for the design and operation of remuneration across the 
Group, which has consistent principles with this Policy. Pension and benefit programmes are in place for all employees. 
Pension entitlement for Executive Directors is aligned with the general workforce. The majority of benefits are also aligned. 
All employees are eligible for an annual bonus, determined through robust performance assessment. There are plans to 
introduce a below Board senior management share plan, promoting vertical alignment through the business. Employees are 
eligible to participate in all-employee share schemes on the same terms as the Executive Directors.

The Committee will receive information on remuneration across the Group, including average salary increases, variable 
remuneration allocations between business areas, the design and outcomes of incentive plans and the CEO pay ratio, when 
determining the implementation of the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors.

87

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

compliance with regulation and legislation 
The regulatory and legislative environment is changing rapidly, with implications for remuneration approaches. Whilst all steps 
are taken at the time of drafting a policy to ensure it is compliant with both the letter and spirit of current requirements, this 
can change over a three-year cycle. As such, the Committee may be required to amend the Policy outside of this cycle and 
in doing so will seek appropriate approval from shareholders in order to ensure regulatory and legislative compliance at all 
times.

Statement of shareholder views
When setting the Remuneration Policy and determining remuneration, best practice guidelines issued by institutional 
shareholder bodies are taken into account. 

The Committee has an open relationship with shareholders and welcomes dialogue. As part of the development of this new 
Policy, the Committee has engaged with the largest shareholders and institutional shareholder bodies to understand their 
views on this Policy. Initial shareholder feedback in the design phase of the Policy resulted in certain changes to the approach 
to STI and the approach to the initial share price used for measuring TSR in the VTP. The formal consultation process captured 
views from over 50 per cent. of the shareholder base. Shareholders particularly wanted to understand:
 •
 •
 •
 •

the phased vesting under the VTP;
the holding periods for vested options under the VTP; 
the Board’s approach to monitoring spend on remuneration; and 
the post-cessation shareholding requirement for the Group Chief Executive. 

We have endeavoured to respond to this feedback and provide clear rationale for the proposals. 

The Committee will continue to monitor trends and changes in the corporate governance landscape to ensure remuneration 
at River and Mercantile remains appropriate and continue to engage with shareholders on the effectiveness of the 
Remuneration Policy.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
88

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

ReMuneRation coMMittee RepoRt

The Remuneration Committee reviews and sets the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors within the 
parameters of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
as approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM 
(the ‘Remuneration Policy’ or ‘Policy’). 

The Committee has a wide remit to consider the 
remuneration of senior management and employees across 
the Group.

The Committee is chaired by Miriam Greenwood with Angela 
Crawford-Ingle and John Misselbrook as members of the 
Committee. The Committee held fourteen meetings during 
the financial year, and Committee attendance is presented 
on page 51. Other attendees, including the Chairman, Group 
Chief Executive, Group HR Director and Chief Financial 
Officer attend by invitation. 

Both the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the 
Committee’s terms of reference can be found in the 
corporate governance section of the Group’s website 
www.riverandmercantile.com.

During the year, the Committee has considered a number of 
key matters, and the most significant are set below:
 • The design of the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy, 
including the proposed Executive Directors’ Value 
Transformation Plan and the performance measures used 
in awards under the Value Transformation Plan; 
 • Major shareholder feedback on the proposed new 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy;

 • The timing of seeking shareholder approval on the 
proposed new Directors’ Remuneration Policy;

 • The design and performance measures for the new senior 

management share plan;

 • Following the decision to appoint Simon Wilson as Chief 
Financial Officer, the remuneration proposal for Simon 
Wilson including his buy-out award;

 • The vesting of employee share incentive awards and 

deferred bonus awards;

 • The selection of new remuneration advisors to the 

Committee;

 • The approval of the base salary increases and variable 
remuneration for the Group’s senior management;
 • The oversight and review of the Group’s approach to 

variable remuneration for all employees, including the 
bonus pools for all employees; and

 • Oversight of the application of regulatory rules on the 
deferral of variable compensation of the Executive 
Directors and other Material Risk Takers variable 
compensation.

The Committee’s key responsibilities are:
 • To determine and agree the Group’s remuneration 

philosophy and the principles of its remuneration policy 
for Executive Directors and senior management, ensuring 
that these are in line with the Group’s strategy, objectives, 
values and long-term interests and in compliance with 
regulatory requirements;

 • To review, agree and approve an appropriate Directors’ 

Remuneration Policy, having regard to the remuneration 
of all employees and the views of shareholders and other 
stakeholders;

 • To oversee the setting of the Executive Directors’ 

performance objectives and assessing the extent to 
which each Executive Director has met their individual 
performance targets;

 • To review and set the remuneration of the Chairman, 

Executive Directors, senior management and oversee the 
remuneration of key employees, including Material Risk 
Takers;

 • To review the design of all share incentive plans and 

deferred bonus arrangements, including the review and 
approval of share plan rules;

 • To review and approve the grant, performance conditions 
and vesting of any share incentive awards or deferred 
bonus awards for all employees including Executive 
Directors;

 • To determine if any deferred bonus award or share 
incentive award should be reduced or cancelled, in 
accordance with the provisions of the relevant share plan 
rules;

 • To review the Group total compensation ratio and the 

annual variable compensation pool;

 • To review reports from the Chief Risk Officer and Head 
of Compliance with respect to any conduct and risk 
outcomes and any remuneration changes which should 
reasonably be followed;

 • To determine and approve on an annual basis the 

individuals identified as being material risk takers for the 
relevant regulated subsidiaries as defined and required by 
the applicable FCA regulations; and

 • To review and approve any major changes to employee 

benefit structures throughout the Group.

Summary of current remuneration policy
Executive Directors’ remuneration is determined in 
accordance with the Remuneration Policy. There have been 
no changes to the Remuneration Policy this year and as such 
we remain bound by the Policy approved by shareholders at 
the 2017 AGM. As noted above, we are seeking shareholder 
approval at our December 2020 AGM. If approved, this new 
Policy is intended to apply for a period of three years from 
the AGM.

89

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Executive Director remuneration comprises base salary, 
pension and other benefits; and variable remuneration in the 
form of a cash bonus, a performance fee bonus and LTIAs in 
either equity or fund units.

The current Policy includes an overall Group remuneration 
ratio cap of 54 per cent. of net management and advisory 
fees, plus 50 per cent. of performance fees, as well as 
deferrals in respect of performance fee bonuses but 
also permits the Committee to make adjustments to the 
calculation of this cap on a temporary basis.

Malus applies to all awards during the performance period 
and is considered by the Committee when vesting an award. 
Clawback will apply to cash variable remuneration, LTIA and 
performance fee remuneration for a period of 12 months 
after the date of payment in case of material financial 
misstatement or serious personal misconduct.

The Policy also requires Executive Directors to acquire and 
retain at least 200 per cent. of base salary in the Company’s 
shares within five years of taking office.

The following sections set out the remuneration 
arrangements and outcomes for the year ended 30 June 
2020 and how the Committee intends the to apply the new 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy during the year ending 
30 June 2021, subject to shareholder approval.

In line with our robust governance around remuneration and 
normal processes, the Committee discussed the Executive 
Directors’ achievement against the relevant strategic goals 
of the Company. Performance against these goals would 
have been achieved in full or in part and a bonus payment 
would be ordinarily due to the Group Chief Executive, 
James Barham. As noted below, James Barham waived any 
entitlement to receive variable remuneration.

For the financial year ending 30 June 2021, each Executive 
Director will be assessed against a number of financial 
and non-financial metrics on a consistent basis in order 
to determine their performance and their resulting 
remuneration outcomes. The measures will be set by 
reference to the budget agreed for the year and a detailed 
description of the measures and outcomes will be published 
in next year’s Annual Report.

leadership changes
The past year has been a year of significant change for 
the Group. It was the first year of James Barham’s tenure 
as Group Chief Executive and we welcomed a new Chief 
Financial Officer, Simon Wilson. Simon’s appointment 
completes our refreshed executive leadership team. 
Following his handover to Simon, Kevin Hayes retired from 
the Group in May 2020. Kevin did not stand for re-election 
at the 2019 AGM and resigned as a Director with effect from 
9 December 2019.

The following pages have been prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006, the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 
2008 as amended, the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 
and the FCA’s Listing Rules and will be put to an advisory 
shareholder vote at the AGM on 14 December 2020.

Review of performance for the year  
ended 30 June 2020
The Committee is expected to review the Group’s Key 
Performance Indicators and other metrics in assessing the 
performance of the Executive Directors against their specific 
individual performance objectives for 2020. 

Mike Faulkner and Jack Berry did not seek re-election as 
Directors at the 2019 AGM and stood down from the Board 
with effect from 9 December 2019. Both Mike Faulkner 
and Jack Berry remain employed by the Group in senior 
management positions. Mike Faulkner is the Group’s Chief 
Investment Officer and Jack Berry is the Global Head of 
Complex Clients.

Full details of the remuneration arrangements in relation to 
Simon Wilson’s appointment and the remuneration paid to 
Jack Berry, Mike Faulkner and Kevin Hayes while they were 
Directors are set out in the single figure remuneration table 
below. 

The year ended 30 June 2020 was an unusual year for two 
reasons:
 • Because of the COVID-19 crisis, James Barham elected to 

take no variable remuneration of any kind. 

 • No variable pay was payable to Simon Wilson as he joined 
at the end of the financial year and no specific objectives 
were set for 2019/20.

Fixed base remuneration and benefits
On appointment as Group Chief Executive on 1 July 2019 
James Barham’s base salary increased to £360,000. Simon 
Wilson joined the Group on 19 May 2020 with a base salary 
of £250,000. There were no other changes in Executive 
Director base pay and benefits for the financial year ending 
30 June 2020 and none is proposed for the financial year 
commencing 1 July 2020.

Because of these unusual circumstances the Committee 
used its discretion to override the requirement for a formal 
assessment of performance for the purpose of determining 
variable pay awards for the Executive Directors for the year 
ended 30 June 2020. 

Executive Director

James Barham

Simon Wilson

2019/20

2020/21

Current 
salary	 

£

new  
salary  

£

360,000

360,000

250,000

250,000

Increase  

%

0%

0%

 
 
 
90

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

ReMuneRation coMMittee RepoRt

continued

Cash variable remuneration (audited)
James Barham, Group Chief Executive, waived his entitlement 
to receive variable remuneration for the financial year ended 
30 June 2020 in advance of the Remuneration Committee’s 
determination of year-end remuneration outcomes. 
This waiver of entitlement includes both cash variable 
remuneration and the award of an LTIA. James Barham took 
this decision in light of the overall economic uncertainty and 
challenges presented by the COVID-19 crisis and to protect 
the Group’s employees’ variable remuneration from further 
reduction as a result of lower performance fees earned in 
the period. Accordingly, no cash variable remuneration has 
been awarded to James Barham for the financial year ending 
30 June 2020. 

Simon Wilson joined the Group on 19 May 2020 and has not 
been awarded any variable remuneration for the year ended 
30 June 2020. Further details of Simon Wilson’s buy-out 
award are detailed below.

None of the former Executive Directors received any variable 
remuneration in relation to their time spent as Executive 
Directors during the financial year ended 30 June 2020.

Executive Director

James Barham

Simon Wilson

Cash  
bonus	 

£

0

0

Performance fee bonus (audited)
The Committee took careful note of shareholder feedback 
and exercising its discretion made no performance fee 
bonus payments to Executive Directors in the financial year 
ended 30 June 2020.

Pension contributions (audited)
James Barham receives a fixed cash allowance of 9 per 
cent. of salary (i.e. £2,708.34 per month) in lieu of pension 
contributions due to his pension funding status. As noted 
in the previous section detailing the proposed new Policy, 
James Barham’s pension benefits, in the form of a cash 
allowance, will be decreased to 5 per cent. of salary to ensure 
alignment with the pension contributions for employees. 

Simon Wilson receives a cash allowance equivalent to 5 per 
cent. of base salary per annum.

None of the Directors has a prospective right to a defined 
benefit pension by reason of qualifying services to the 
Group.

The River and Mercantile Group pension scheme, 
administered by Standard Life, is a Defined Contribution 
Money Purchase scheme available to all staff on joining. 
Other than a small number of employees who retain non-
contributory arrangements from earlier employment with 
the Group, the vast majority of employees (195) contribute 
5 per cent. of salary, matched by 5 per cent. in Company 
contributions. All employees have the option to have their 
contributions made via a salary sacrifice arrangement. 

Buy-out award (audited)
On joining the Group, Simon Wilson was granted a one-off 
conditional award of 177,061 shares under the terms of a 
buy-out award deed approved by the Committee. The buy-
out award was to compensate Simon for the forfeiture of 
cash incentive compensation from his previous employer. 
The buy-out award is consistent with our Policy and was 
necessary to secure an individual of Simon’s calibre. 

The deferred cash bonuses that were forfeited by Simon 
were not subject to any performance conditions and were 
payable annually over the deferral period. The Policy 
requires that buy-out awards are granted on a like-for-like 
basis and take into account the nature, time horizons and 
performance requirements of the forfeited remuneration. 
The Committee determined that the buy-out award granted 
to Simon was more onerous than the forfeited remuneration, 
as the award is in shares rather than cash with vesting at the 
end of the three year period. 

In accordance with the Listing Rules, the buy-out award was 
granted under a one-off award agreement and will be limited 
to settlement with market purchased shares. The buy-out 
award was granted on 19 May 2020. The buy-out award 
has no performance conditions and will ordinarily vest on 
30 June 2023 subject to continued service with the Company. 

Other significant terms of the award are as follows:
 • The award is personal to Simon and may not be 

transferred.

 • Dividends will not accrue in respect of the shares to which 

the buy-out award relates.

 • Malus and clawback – the Committee may at any time 
prior to the fifth anniversary of the award date reduce, 
impose further conditions or cancel the award where 
there has been a material misstatement of the Company’s 
audited financial statements as a result of Simon’s actions 
or omissions, or a breach of the Company’s stated risk 
appetite or breach of policy or regulation as a result of the 
Executive’s actions or omissions, or where the Committee 
reasonably determines that Simon’s actions or omissions 
have caused injury to the business.
If Simon resigns or is summarily terminated before the 
vesting date, the buy-out award will lapse. The award 
will vest on the vesting date if Simon leaves for any other 
reason.

 •

 •

 • The award is non-pensionable.
 • The number of shares subject to the award may be 
adjusted in the event of a variation of share capital.
In the event of a certain qualifying corporate events such 
as the Company entering into a scheme of arrangement 
or a change of control prior to the vesting date, the award 
will vest in full. Early vesting may also exceptionally arise at 
the discretion of the Committee in response to a merger, 
delisting, special dividend or other event which in the 
opinion of the Committee may affect the current or future 
value of the award.

No further award will be made to Simon Wilson under this 
arrangement.

91

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Single figure remuneration (audited)
The following table gives the single figure remuneration for Executive Directors who served during the financial years ended 
30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019. 

£

James Barham

Simon Wilson

Jack Berry

Mike Faulkner

Kevin Hayes

Year  
ended  

30 June

Base  

salary

Taxable	
benefits1

Pension5

Total	of	fixed	
remuneration

Annual	
bonus2

2020

360,000

2,563

32,500

395,063

–

312,500

2,470

31,250

346,220

343,750

29,762

n/a

90

n/a

1,488

31,340

n/a

n/a 

2020

126,392

1,069

12,639

140,100

–

n/a

–

2019

2020

2019

PSP  
shares 
vested3

SAYE 
Options4

Total	
of variable	
remuneration

Total

–

–

–

n/a

–

–

0

395,063

6,604

350,354

696,574

–

n/a

–

0

n/a

31,340

n/a

0

140,100

2019

287,650

2,470

28,765

318,885

143,825

226,238

6,566

376,629

695,514

2020

155,106

1,069

2019

353,000

2,470

–

–

156,175

355,470

2020

152,542

1,069

15,254

168,865

–

–

–

2019

287,650

2,470

28,765

318,885

287,650

–

–

0

156,175

 435,505

6,122

441,627

797,097

–

–

–

0

168,865

6,566

294,216

613,101

1.  Taxable benefits consist of private medical insurance.
2.  Annual bonus is gross cash paid or payable in respect of the financial year. 
3.  PSP shares – this is the gross value of the PSP awards which vested on 16 October 2019. The Performance Share Plan (PSP) is an LTIA. These awards were made to Mike 
Faulkner and Jack Berry in 2016. James Barham and Kevin Hayes did not receive a PSP award in 2016. No PSP wards vested in the financial year ending 30 June 2020.

4.  SAYE Scheme – Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the SAYE Scheme. The SAYE Scheme is available to all UK employees and Executive Directors of the Group. 
The SAYE Scheme runs for a three year period and allows for a maximum saving of £500 per month in accordance with HMRC requirements. The 2016 SAYE Scheme ended 
in May 2019 allowing the Executive Directors to exercise their options for shares as reflected in the table above. The 2016 SAYE Scheme options were granted with an 
exercise price of 186.53p per share in 2016. The Executive Directors did not exercise any options for shares under a SAYE Scheme in year ended 30 June 2020.

5.  Pension contribution includes cash allowances and contributions made to self-invested personal pensions. 

vested ltias
No LTIA awarded to any Executive Director vested during 
the financial year ending 30 June 2020. This includes LTIA 
awarded to those Executive Directors who did not seek re-
election at the 2019 AGM. 

Outstanding LTIA (audited)
In 2017 certain then Executive Directors, including James 
Barham, were awarded conditional share awards under the 
Group’s PSP (2017 LTIA). The performance condition for the 
2017 LTIA for full vesting is a compound annual TSR of at 
least 12 per cent. per annum over a three year performance 
period. The 2017 LTIA will not vest if the TSR for the period 
is less than 8 per cent. with pro-rata vesting if the TSR is 
between 8–12 per cent. The 2017 LTIA did not meet its 
performance criteria and accordingly did not vest at the end 
of the performance period on 30 June 2020. The 2017 LTIA 
have now lapsed.

In 2018 the then Executive Directors were awarded 
conditional share awards under the Group’s DEP (2018 LTIA). 
Under the 2018 LTIA, the Executive Directors’ awards will 
only vest in full if growth in the Group’s adjusted underlying 
diluted earnings per share (‘aEPS’) of 20 per cent. per annum 
is achieved between 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2021. The 
2018 LTIA will not vest if the annualised aEPS for that period 
is less than 10 per cent. per annum and the awards will 
vest proportionally on a straight-line basis. In accordance 
with the Policy, the 2018 LTIA awarded to Kevin Hayes has 
lapsed following his retirement from the Company. The Policy 
requires continued employment by the Group during the 

performance period of any LTIA. Based on calculations as at 
30 June 2020 between 0–10 per cent. of the 2018 LTIA is likely 
to vest at the end of the performance period. 

In 2019 James Barham and Jack Berry were awarded 
conditional share awards under the Group’s DEP (2019 LTIA). 
As further set out in the Annual Report and Account 2019, it 
was intended that Kevin Hayes would be granted an award 
under the 2019 LTIA. However, Kevin Hayes notified the 
Board of his intention to retire prior to the grant of his award 
and as such no 2019 LTIA was granted to Kevin Hayes. 

The 2019 LTIA is structured as an award with an underpin 
based upon a metric of growth in basic underlying adjusted 
earnings per share (‘BUAEPS’) and if this is achieved, in 
aggregate, over a three year period, then separate and 
additional business performance criteria are measured. Each 
business performance criterion is assessed on a standalone 
basis and a portion of the overall award may vest for each 
where the required standard is met; all of the additional 
business performance criteria must be met for the LTIA 2019 
to vest in full. If the business performance criterion for a 
particular measure is not met, no vesting will occur for that 
proportion of the LTIA 2019 even if the BUAEPS underpin is 
achieved. 

The performance period for the LTIA 2019 is the three 
financial years measured from 1 July 2019, with a further two 
year holding period ending on 30 June 2024. The LTIA 2019 
are subject to the requirement of continued employment 
throughout the three year performance period. 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
92

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

ReMuneRation coMMittee RepoRt

continued

Based on calculations as at 30 June 2020 approximately 63 per cent. of James Barham’s and 100 per cent. of Jack Berry’s 2019 
LTIA is likely to vest at the end of the performance period in June 2022.

Minimum shareholding (audited)
The Policy requires that an Executive Director maintains the minimum shareholding in the Group. Executive Directors 
are required to acquire and retain the Company’s shares equivalent to at least 200 per cent. of base salary. The Executive 
Directors shall have five years from taking office to acquire the shares. Shares which have vested under remuneration plans 
but which are subject to holding periods shall count for the purpose of determining this. James Barham complies with this 
requirement. Following his appointment to the Board in May 2020, Simon Wilson is expected to build up his shareholding 
within the five years following his appointment. The Committee is confident that future awards will allow Simon to build up the 
required shareholding within the relevant period, and will monitor his progress against the target.

As noted in the previous section detailing the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the minimum shareholding requirement 
will, subject to shareholder approval, increase to 500 per cent. of base salary for the Group Chief Executive and 300 per cent. 
of base salary for the CFO.

Payments to past directors or for loss of office (audited)
There were no payments to past Directors or for the loss of office during the year.

Group chief executive’s remuneration
James Barham’s cash bonus has decreased from £343,750 in the prior year to zero for the current year. His single figure 
remuneration set out below includes base salary, value of taxable benefits, pension contributions and cash bonus (£nil). The 
total variable remuneration of the Group has decreased by 21 per cent. from £15.5 million to £12.2 million over the same 
period.

The table below of historical levels of Group Chief Executive pay reflect the pay received by Mike Faulkner from June 2014 
when he took on the role of Group Chief Executive until 1 July 2019 when James Barham was appointed as the Group Chief 
Executive.

Year

2020

2019

2018 

2017

2016

2015

Group Chief  
Executive’s  
single	figure	
remuneration  

£

395,063

797,0975

2,543,5884

923,221

309,476

309,079

Annual	bonus	
payout	against	
maximum 

0%

0%

37% 

83%2

21%2

0%

Long-term 
incentive vesting 
rate against 
maximum 
opportunity	

 n/a1

100% PSP

23% EPSP

 n/a1

 n/a1

 n/a1

2014 (six months)

7,801,2603

100%

100%

Includes share awards not included in single figure remuneration as unvested at year-end. 

1.  No shares vested during the financial years ended 30 June 2015, 2016, 2017 or 2020.
2. 
3.  2014 remuneration includes £7.5m of previously issued shares in the pre IPO Group which converted into shares at the IPO.
4.  Restated 2018 figures as Executive Performance Share Plan (EPSP) now included in the 2018 figure.
5.   Mike Faulkner was the Group Chief Executive until 30 June 2019. His remuneration is accordingly reflected in the above table. 
James Barham was appointed as Group Chief Executive and his remuneration is reflected in the 2020 row of the above table.
6. 

ceo pay ratio
Although the requirement to disclose the CEO pay ratio does not apply to the Group, as it does not have 250 UK based 
employees, it has decided to disclose this on a voluntary basis. 

Year

2019

2020

Method

25th	Percentile	pay	ratio

Median	Pay	ratio

75th	Percentile	pay	ratio

A

a

15.6:1

7.2:1

9.2:1

4.6:1

5.1:1

2.7:1

We have adopted method A of calculation. We believe the median is representative of our overall reward policies on pay, 
reward and progression, in that it demonstrates the possibility of variable cash pay and equity, which are both potentially 
awarded as staff progress with the business.

93

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

company share price and tSR performance
%

250

200

150

100

50

Jun	14

Dec	14

Jun	15

Dec	15

Jun	16

Dec	16

Jun	17

Dec	17

Jun	18

Dec	19

Jun	19

Dec	20

Jun	20

R&M Share price
R&M TSR
MSCI UK Financials share price
MSCI UK Financials TSR
TSR at IPO and each financial year end

The chart above shows the Company’s share price performance (based on total shareholder return, with dividends reinvested 
net of tax) in the period since IPO on 26 June 2014, compared with the movement of the MSCI UK Financials Index. The MSCI 
UK Financial Index contains UK listed Financial stocks, including asset managers.

annual percentage change in remuneration of directors compared to employees
The table below shows the percentage change in salary, taxable benefits and annual incentive for the Directors, and the 
average for all employees within the Group.

James 
Barham

15.2%

3.8%

(100%)

Simon  
Wilson

Jonathan 
Dawson

Angela	
Crawford-
Ingle

Miriam 
Greenwood 

John 
Misselbrook

n/a

n/a

n/a

0%

0%

0%

1.8%

2.5%

2.5%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

Average 
Increase 
across	all	
employees	
(excl.	
directors)

5.9%

2.1%

(8.8%)

Year on Year Increase (decrease)

Salary

Taxable benefits

Annual incentive

Relative importance of spend on pay

£	million

Total remuneration and benefits 

Year ended 
30 June 2020

Increase/
(decrease)

Year ended 
30 June 2019

41.1

9.54

(2.8%)

(41.8%)

42.3

16.4

Distributions to shareholders including proposed dividend (pence per share) 

Non-Executive Director remuneration (audited)
The table below shows the total remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors paid during the years ended 30 June 2020 and 
30 June 2019. 

NED

Jonathan Dawson

Angela Crawford-Ingle

John Misselbrook

Miriam Greenwood1

Year

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

1.  Miriam Greenwood was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 28 May 2019, so the fee for 2019 is pro-rated.

Fee  
£

Additional	fees	
for chairing
Committees1

150,000

150,000

61,750

60,500

43,750

42,500

43,750

4,940

–

–

8,000

8,000

 8,000

8,000

8,000

–

Total

150,000

150,000

69,750

68,500

51,750

50,500

51,750

4,940

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
94

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCE

ReMuneRation coMMittee RepoRt

continued

non-executive director fee review
Non-Executive Director fees were reviewed and increased effective 1 April 2020. The Chairman waived any entitlement to the 
review of his fees. Non-Executive Directors are reimbursed for reasonable business expenses.

directors’ shareholdings

Director

James Barham

Jack Berry

Mike Faulkner

Kevin Hayes

Jonathan Dawson

Angela Crawford-Ingle

Miriam Greenwood

John Misselbrook

Simon Wilson

number  
of ordinary  
shares held at  
30th June  

2020

Unvested  
share  
awards,	at	 
30 June  
2020

1,598,573

928,840

1,357,246

4,072,720

446,405

90,800

24,924

7,144

3,000

314,658

419,254

–

–

–

–

–

–

177,061

The Directors’ shareholding table sets out the shareholding for each person who has served as a director of the Company 
during the financial year. James Barham purchased 12,900 shares in October 2020 increasing his shareholding to 1,611,473. 
Simon Wilson purchased 6,314 shares in October 2020. There have been no further changes in Directors’ share interests post 
year end. 

advisors
The Committee received independent advice on material matters, including:
 • Compensation design advice from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC);
 • General advice from the Company Secretary and HR; and
 • Legal advice on remuneration-related matters from Herbert Smith Freehills LLP.

In 2019, the Committee undertook a review of its remuneration advisors and ran a competitive selection tender process. 
Following the tender process, the Committee appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC LLP’) to provide advice to it on 
remuneration matters. The Committee is satisfied that the advice received from its advisors is independent and objective. 
The total cost of the advice received by the Committee from PwC in relation to directors’ remuneration is £91,250 which was 
charged on a time spent basis.

post-employment shareholding requirements
The Committee notes the requirements of the Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the ‘2018 Code’) relating to post-
employment shareholding requirements for Executive Directors. The 2018 Code applies to the Company in the year 
commencing 1 July 2019. The DEP, being the share plan rules under which awards are made for all employees and directors, 
contains leaver provisions which are applied by the Committee to all employees in respect of unvested awards. Vested awards 
are, subject to Committee discretion, normally released at the end of the holding period with no acceleration.

The Committee has proposed a post-cessation shareholding requirement of 200 per cent. of base salary for a period of two 
years under the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy which is subject to shareholder approval at the 2020 AGM. 

Statement of voting at 2019 aGM

Resolution

Votes cast 
excluding	
withheld

Votes  
for

Votes  

against

Votes 
withheld

To approve the Directors’ report on remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2019 

80.25%

99.90%

0.10%

6,252

To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2017

83.15%

74.70%

25.30%

15,000

95

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

compliance and risk management in remuneration
The Chair of the Committee also serves on the Nomination, Audit and Risk Committees and the Chairs of the Audit and Risk 
Committees also sit on the Committee.

In determining remuneration, the Committee take account of reports from the Group’s risk, legal and compliance teams, and 
the Audit and Risk Committees as to conduct and risk outcomes, and any remuneration changes which should be reasonably 
followed.

The Group’s remuneration policies and practices take account of applicable law and regulations, corporate governance 
standards, best practice and guidance issued by regulators and by representative shareholder bodies.

Accordingly, the Group’s DEP provides that, at the discretion of the Committee, deferred awards may be reduced or cancelled 
in the event of certain malus scenarios including a material misstatement of the Group’s financial results or misconduct by 
an individual. The DEP rules have been amended during the period to provide for the ability of the Committee to clawback 
awards that have vested (note this only applies to awards made after 30 June 2018).

Statement of implementation for 2020/21
Base salary
James Barham and Simon Wilson’s base salary will remain unchanged in the financial year 2020/21 and are as follows:

James Barham

Simon Wilson

£360,000

£250,000

Short term incentive
In accordance with the proposed Policy, the maximum short-term incentive opportunity for our Executive Directors is 250 per 
cent. of base salary, with half paid in shares and half paid in cash. 

The Committee determines performance measures and weightings aligned with the business plan and strategy. These will 
compromise of a combination of financial and non-financial measures, with financial measures making up at least 50 per cent. 
of the scorecard. A threshold, target and maximum performance level is set for each measure, with an outcome of 0 per cent. 
for threshold performance or below and 50 per cent. of maximum for on-target performance. Specific metrics, targets and 
performance against targets will be disclosed retrospectively with performance outcomes in the 2021 Annual Report due to 
the commercial sensitivity of the targets as they indicate the Company’s strategy for the next year.

Short term incentive shares are subject to a three-year holding period and may not be sold, except to meet tax liability until 
the minimum shareholding requirement is achieved.

Value Transformation Plan (‘VTP’)
Subject to shareholder approval of the proposed Policy, the Executive Directors will be granted a one-off five year award 
under the VTP with phased vesting over years 3, 4 and 5 of the plan, subject to the achievement of a minimum TSR of 12 per 
cent. compounded annually during the performance period (years 3, 4 and 5). The initial share price used for measuring 
the TSR will be the higher of £1.70 and the 30 day volume weighted average share price from the date of publication of the 
Company’s preliminary results for the year ended 30 June 2020 on 8 October 2020.

Approved and signed on behalf of the Board.

MiRiaM GReenWood
CHAIR OF REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
 
96

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Financial 
StateMentS 
paGeS 98–143

london: uK 
RiveR tHaMeS

97

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

98  Independent auditor’s report
104	Consolidated	income	statement
105	Consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income
106	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position
107	 Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows
108	Consolidated	statement	of	changes	in	 

shareholders’	equity

109	Notes	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements
134	Company	statement	of	financial	position
135	 Company	statement	of	cash	flows
136	 Company	statement	of	changes	in	 

shareholders’	equity

137	 Notes	to	the	Company	financial	statements

additional inFoRMation

144	Glossary	
IFC	 Shareholder	information	and	advisors

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
98

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

independent auditoR’S RepoRt to tHe 
MeMBeRS oF RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc 

opinion
We have audited the financial statements of River and Mercantile Group PLC (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) for the year ended 30 June 2020 which comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income, the consolidated and company statements of financial position, the consolidated and company 
statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, the consolidated and company statement of cash flows and notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and, as regards the Parent Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:
 •

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 
30 June 2020 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;
the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

 •
 •

 •

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as 
applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion.

conclusions relating to principal risks, going concern and viability statement
We have nothing to report in respect of the following information in the annual report, in relation to which the ISAs (UK) 
require us to report to you whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to:
 •

the Directors’ confirmation set out on page 41 in the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the Group’s emerging and principal risks and the disclosures in the annual report that describe the principal risks and the 
procedures in place to identify emerging risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated;
the Directors’ statement set out on page 60 in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements and the Directors’ 
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to do so over a 
period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

 •

 • whether the Directors’ statement relating to going concern required under the Listing Rules in accordance with Listing Rule 

 •

9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or
the Directors’ explanation set out on page 60 in the annual report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the 
Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as 
to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.

99

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Key	Audit	Matter

How	the	scope	of	our	audit	addressed	the	key	audit	matter

Revenue recognition (note 3 to the annual Report)
The Group’s revenue is made up of distinct revenue streams, 
primarily management fees, performance fees and advisory 
fees.

Revenue recognition is considered to be a significant audit 
risk as it is a key driver of return to investors and requires 
judgement in determining the accrual or deferral of revenue, 
the treatment of performance measures and the point at 
which it is highly unlikely that there will not be a significant 
reversal in future periods.

We responded to this risk by performing the following 
procedures:
 • We recalculated a sample of management fees recognised 
in the year based on assets under management (AUM)/ 
notional under management (NUM) information prepared 
by management and rates prevalent in the respective 
investment management agreements (IMAs). We traced the 
sample through to invoice and subsequent cash receipt or 
to debtors and accrued income where relevant. 
 • We agreed a sample of AUM and NUM to custodian 
statements and independent 3rd party sources, for 
example Bloomberg.

 • We recalculated performance fees due in respect of a 
sample of contracts and tested the appropriateness of 
the deferral of performance fees in accordance with the 
terms of the contract, the accounting policy and applicable 
accounting standards and whether it is highly unlikely that 
there will not be a significant reversal in future periods. 

 • We considered whether the investment management 

agreement mandates have been complied with by selecting 
a sample of days at random and reviewing for breaches on 
those days. 

 • We developed expectations of contracts that would give 
rise to a performance fee by considering underlying 
performance against the terms of the contract and 
compared our expectations against the performance fee 
income recognised in the accounts.

 • We vouched a sample of advisory fees to invoice and cash 
receipt, including a sample of accrued advisory fees to 
subsequent invoice and cash receipt.

 • We considered the completeness of advisory fees 

recognised through reviewing a sample of on-going 
advisory projects and the related recognition of retained 
fees in the current period.

 • We compared a sample of invoices raised after the year-end 
to the accrued income balance to check, where appropriate, 
they were recognised in the income statement for the 
current year. 

Key observations:
Based on the work performed we consider that revenue has 
been recognised appropriately and is in accordance with the 
group’s revenue recognition accounting policy.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
100

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

independent auditoR’S RepoRt to tHe 
MeMBeRS oF RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc 

continued

Key	Audit	Matter

How	the	scope	of	our	audit	addressed	the	key	audit	matter

impairment of goodwill and other intangibles assets 
(note 9 to the annual report)
The impairment review of goodwill and other intangible 
assets is considered to be a significant audit risk due to 
the judgements made in determining whether there is an 
indication of impairment in respect of the intangible assets 
and also in the calculations of recoverable amounts. The 
assumptions used to calculate the recoverable amounts 
considered in the impairment review of goodwill include 
revenue growth rates, revenue multiples, ongoing expenses 
such as the remuneration ratio and the discount factor applied 
to present value of the balances.

We responded to this risk by performing the following 
procedures:
 • We reviewed management’s assessment of whether any 

indications of impairment existed in respect of the definite-
life intangible assets and challenged this assessment in 
light of our knowledge of the Group and consideration of 
forecasts prepared by management.

 • We reviewed the value-in-use model prepared by 

management in order to calculate the recoverable amount 
of the Investment Management Agreement Intangibles 
and the River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP 
cash-generating unit (CGU) in respect of goodwill. We re-
performed the calculation of the recoverable amount. We 
challenged the key assumptions applied by management, 
including revenue growth forecasts, ongoing expenses and 
the discount factor applied. This involved understanding 
the basis for management’s assumptions and vouching 
these to available independent evidence where possible. 
Together with our BDO valuations team, we determined 
whether the discount factor represented an appropriate 
weighted average cost of capital for the Group.

 • We reviewed the fair value less costs of disposal model 
prepared by management in order to calculate the 
recoverable amount of the Cassidy CGU. We re-performed 
the calculation of the recoverable amount. We challenged 
the key assumptions applied by management, including 
the revenue multiple used and the estimated costs to sell. 
Together with our BDO valuations team, we determined 
whether the revenue multiples used represented an 
appropriate benchmark.

 • We looked at the accuracy of previous forecasts compared 
with actual performance and calculated the impact of 
sensitising key assumptions including the discount rate 
applied on the recoverable amount of the various CGUs.
 • We confirmed the adequacy of disclosures in the financial 

statements regarding the impairment assessment 
performed by management against the requirements of 
applicable accounting standards.

Key observations:
 • As a result of performing the above procedures we consider 

the assumptions made to be appropriate.

our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. 
We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omission, could influence the economic 
decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower 
materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these 
levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and 
the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

101

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Materiality	measure

Purpose

Key	considerations	and	benchmarks

Quantum	(£)

Financial statement 
materiality (5% profit before 
tax (2019:5%))

Assessing whether the 
financial statements as a 
whole present a true and fair 
view

Performance materiality 
(75% of financial statement 
materiality (2019:75%))

Lower level of materiality 
applied in performance of the 
audit when determining the 
nature and extent of testing 
applied to individual balances 
and classes of transactions

Parent company financial 
statement materiality 
(a proportion of Group 
materiality 33% (2019: 50%))

Assessing whether the 
financial statements as a 
whole present a true and fair 
view

Significant component 
materiality (a proportion of 
Group materiality)

To reduce to an appropriately 
low level the probability 
that the aggregate of 
uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements in the group 
financial statements exceeds 
materiality for the group 
financial statements as a whole

A principal consideration 
for members of the Parent 
company in assessing the 
financial performance of the 
Group
 • Financial statement 

materiality

 • Risk and control 
environment

 • History of prior errors

A principal consideration 
for members of the Parent 
company in assessing the 
financial performance of the 
Parent company

A principal consideration for 
members of the significant 
components in assessing the 
financial performance of the 
Group

£410,000 (30 June 2019: 
£830,000)

£310,000 (30 June 2019: 
£623,000)

£134,000 (30 June 2019: 
£420,000)

£130,000–£378,000 (30 June 
2019: £420,000)

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £8,000 (2019: 
£17,000), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

an overview of the scope of our audit
Our audit approach was developed by obtaining an understanding of the Group’s activities and the overall control 
environment. Based on this understanding we assessed those aspects of the Group’s transactions and balances which were 
most likely to give rise to a material misstatement. In order to gain appropriate audit coverage over the risks described in 
the key audit matters section above and of each individually significant reporting component, full scope audits of the four 
significant components were performed by the Group audit team, being BDO LLP. In respect of three other non-significant 
components, which contribute 5% of Group net assets (30 June 2019: 2%), the Group audit team performed a review 
over the financial information relevant to the consolidated financial statements. These procedures were performed to an 
appropriate level of materiality having regard to the level of Group materiality described in the materiality section above as 
well as aggregation risk. All significant components of the Group have conterminous year ends, with the exception of River 
and Mercantile Asset Management LLP, which has a year end of 31 March. A full scope audit of River and Mercantile Asset 
Management LLP was performed by the Group audit team for the year ended 31 March 2020 and additional audit procedures 
were performed to cover the three month period to 30 June 2020, as well as the correct allocation of financial information to 
the Group’s reporting period. 

capability of the audit to detect irregularities, including fraud 
We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Group and the industry in which it 
operates, and considered the risk of acts by the Group which were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including 
fraud. These included but were not limited to compliance with Companies Act 2006, IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, 
the Financial Conduct Authority’s regulations and the Listing Rules.

We designed audit procedures to respond to the risk, recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due 
to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion.

We focussed on laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements. Our tests 
included, but were not limited to:
 • agreement of the financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation;
 • enquiries of management;
 •
 •
 •

review of correspondence with the regulator;
review of minutes of Board meetings throughout the period; and
considering the effectiveness of the control environment in monitoring compliance with laws and regulations. 

 
 
 
102

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

independent auditoR’S RepoRt to tHe 
MeMBeRS oF RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc 

continued

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members 
and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws 
and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become 
aware of it. We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including testing journals and evaluating 
whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the 
annual report and accounts, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the 
financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, 
we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a 
material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

In this context, we also have nothing to report in regard to our responsibility to specifically address the following items in the 
other information and to report as uncorrected material misstatements of the other information where we conclude that 
those items meet the following conditions:
 • Fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 61 – the statement given by the Directors that they consider the 

annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy, is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

 • audit committee reporting set out on page 64 – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not 

appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee; or

 • directors’ statement of compliance with the uK corporate Governance code set out on page 50 – the parts of 

the Directors’ statement required under the Listing Rules relating to the Company’s compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code containing provisions specified for review by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not 
properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

opinions on other matters prescribed by the companies act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
 •

the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

 •

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:
 • adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

 •

received from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
 •
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
 • we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

103

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 61, the Directors are responsible for 
the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal 
control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, 
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

other matters which we are required to address
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were reappointed at the AGM on 9 December 2019 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020 and subsequent financial years. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is seven years, covering the six month period ending 30 June 2014 to 30 June 2020.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company and 
we remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.

use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted 
by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

leiGH tReacY (SenioR StatutoRY auditoR)
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF BDO LLP, STATUTORY AUDITOR
London, United Kingdom

30 October 2020

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
104

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

conSolidated incoMe StateMent

Revenue
Net management fees
Advisory fees
Performance fees

total revenue

Administrative expenses
Depreciation of owned assets
Amortisation
Impairment of intangible assets

total operating expenses

Remuneration and benefits
Fixed remuneration and benefits
Variable remuneration

Total remuneration and benefits
EPSP (credit)/cost

Total remuneration and benefits including EPSP

total expenses

Gain on disposal of fair value investments
Other (losses) and gains 

Profit before interest and tax

Finance income
Finance expense

Profit before tax

tax charge/(credit)
Current tax 
Deferred tax 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

earnings per share:
Statutory basic (pence)
Statutory diluted (pence)

Note

3

5
8,21
8,9
8,9

6
6,7

10

11
11

12

13

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

58,449
10,932
1,161

70,542

15,926
217
3,257
1,377

20,777

28,922
12,236

41,158
(17)

41,141

61,918

42
(301)

55,546
10,038
12,519

78,103

15,647
199
4,369
–

20,215

26,145
15,519

41,664
635

42,299

62,514

20
841

8,365

16,450

112
(178)

339
(1)

8,299

16,788

2,799
157

4,403
(610)

5,343

12,995

6.39
6.37

16.22
15.61

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements.

105

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

conSolidated StateMent 
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Profit for the year

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustments

total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

5,343

12,995

(29)

(21)

5,314

12,974

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
106

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

conSolidated StateMent 
OF FINANCIAL POSITION

assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment management balances
Fee receivables
Other receivables
Assets held for sale
Investments held at fair value through profit or loss
Deferred tax asset
Right of use assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets

total assets

liabilities
Investment management balances
Current tax liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liability
Deferred tax liability

total liabilities

net assets

equity
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Own shares held by EBT
Retained earnings

equity attributable to owners of the parent

30 June 
2020 
£’000

30	June
 2019
£’000

Note

15
16
19
20
18
17
12
22
21
9

16

23
22
12

24

25
26

24,251
–
10,233
15,458
810
290
276
2,586
438
26,560

24,046
22,277
4,412
25,505
–
5,387
1,034
–
606
30,753

80,902

114,020

–
383
17,493
2,691
2,078

22,645

22,278
621
23,775
–
2,483

49,157

58,257

64,863

256
15,429
1,010
(4,255)
45,817

256
15,136
45,472
(6,251)
10,250

58,257

64,863

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements.

JaMeS BaRHaM 
GROUP	CHIEF	EXECUTIVE	

SiMon WilSon
CHIEF	FINANCIAL	OFFICER

30 October 2020   

30 October 2020

 
 
	
 
107

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

conSolidated StateMent  
oF caSH FloWS

Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before interest and tax

adjustments for:
Amortisation of intangible assets
Impairment of intangible assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right of use asset
Share-based payment expense
Other gain and losses
Disposal of investments held at fair value

Operating cash flow before movement in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in operating assets
(Decrease)/increase in operating liabilities

cash generated from operations
Tax paid

net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Interest received
Proceeds from disposal of investments held at fair value
Purchase of investments held at fair value
Purchase of investments held for sale
Proceeds of disposal in investments

net cash generated from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities
Interest paid
Dividends paid
Purchase of own shares 
Lease payments
Share issue

Net cash (used in) financing activities

net increase in cash and cash equivalents

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

Note

8,365

16,450

9
9

21
22

10

9

21

17
18

14

22

3,257
1,377
217
1,278
409
301
(42)

15,162
26,502
(28,555)

13,109
(3,129)

4,369
–
199
–
1,545
(841)
(394)

21,328
(11,478)
9,724

19,574
(4,685)

9,980

14,889

(385)
(45)
54
6,342
(1,523)
(810)
–

3,633

–
(196)
50
414
(10)
–
15

273

(8)
(12,135)
–
(1,503)
294

(1)
(13,869)
(1,694)
–
408

(13,352)

(15,156)

261

6

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

cash and cash equivalents at end of year

24,046
(56)

24,029
11

15

24,251

24,046

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements.

 
 
 
108

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

conSolidated StateMent oF cHanGeS 
IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Balance as at 30 June 2018

246

14,688

49,372

(4,981)

6,670

65,995

Share	
capital	
£’000

Share	
premium	
£’000

Other	
reserves	
£’000

Own	shares	
held	by	EBT	
£’000

Retained 
earnings	
£’000

Total	
£’000

Comprehensive income for the year:
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income: foreign currency translation

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:
Dividends
Share-based payment expense
Deferred tax on share-based payment expense 
Realised tax in respect of award vesting
Share payment in respect of award vesting
Disposal of shares in respect of award vesting
Purchase of own shares by EBT
Reserves transfer upon transition to IFRS 9
Transfer to retained earnings
Shares issued in respect of award vesting
Foreign exchange adjustments

Total transactions with owners:

Balance as at 30 June 2019

Adjustment to retained earnings on transition to IFRS 16

Adjusted as at 1 July 2019

comprehensive income for the year:
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income: foreign currency translation

total comprehensive income for the year

transactions with owners:
Dividends
Share-based payment expense
Deferred tax on share-based payment expense 
Realised tax in respect of award vesting
Disposal of shares in respect of award vesting
Shares issued in respect of award vesting
Capitalisation of merger reserve and capital reduction

total transactions with owners:

Balance as at 30 June 2020

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10
–

10

256

–

256

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
448
–

448

–
(21)

(21)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(12)
(3,867)
–
–

(3,879)

–
–

–

12,995
–

12,995

12,995
(21)

12,974

–
–
–
–
–
424
(1,694)
–
–
–
–

(1,270)

(13,869)
1,545
(1,350)
1,165
(369)
(424)
–
12
3,867
–
8

(13,869)
1,545
(1,350)
1,165
(369)
–
(1,694)
–
–
458
8

(9,415)

(14,106)

15,136

45,472

(6,251)

10,250

64,863

–

–

–

(189)

(189)

15,136

45,472

(6,251)

10,061

64,674

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
293
–

293

–
(29)

(29)

–
–

–

5,343
–

5,343

5,343
(29)

5,314

–
–
–
–
–
–
(44,433)

–
–
–
–
1,996
–
–

(12,135)
409
(202)
(96)
(1,996)
–
44,433

(12,135)
409
(202)
(96)
–
293
–

(44,433)

1,996

30,413

(11,731)

256

15,429

1,010

(4,255)

45,817

58,257

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements.

Following approval by Shareholders at the Company’s AGM in December 2019 to undertake a reduction in capital, and with 
a view to effecting this on approval from the High Court, the Company capitalised its merger reserve of £44.4m by cancelling 
the deferred shares in the Company (the “Deferred Shares”) creating distributable reserves equal to the merger reserve. 
The Company received High Court approval in January 2020 to effect the reduction in capital by cancellation of the Deferred 
Shares, creating distributable reserves available to the Company, accordingly supporting the Company’s ability to pay future 
dividends.

109

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

noteS to tHe conSolidated 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs, International Accounting Standards, 
International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee interpretations, and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 
applicable to groups reporting under IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and adopted by the 
European Union that are relevant to the Group’s operations and effective for accounting periods beginning on 1 July 2019.

Going concern
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future.

On 11 March 2020, the World Health Organisation declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic is 
an unprecedented event and the eventual impact on the global economy and markets will largely depend on the scale and 
duration of the outbreak. The Directors have noted that financial markets have incurred increased volatility and uncertainty 
since the onset of the pandemic. This has had an adverse impact on many industries; however, the asset management 
sector has been reasonably protected. The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to 
the ultimate longer-term adverse impact of the virus on the UK and Global economies and the ability to recover from the 
shorter-term negative influence on certain financial markets. Whilst the significant fall in UK and global stock markets has had 
an effect on underlying revenues, the Directors have reasonable belief that, having considered the Group and Company’s 
forecasted continued profitability, positive cash flow and capital base, the Group and Company has adequate resources to 
continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future. The Directors continue to monitor this situation and evaluate the 
potential risks to the Group and Company.

Accordingly, the Group and Company financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis using the historical 
cost convention, except for the measurement at fair value of certain financial instruments.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the Company and the entities it controls (its subsidiaries). Subsidiaries are 
considered to be controlled where the Group has exposure to variable returns from the subsidiary, the power to affect those 
variable returns and power over the subsidiary itself. Control is reassessed whenever facts and circumstances indicate that 
there may be a change in any of these elements of control.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date that the Group gains control, and de-consolidated from the date that control 
is lost.

If the Group controls a fund the fund is consolidated within the Group financial statements. In the case that the Group does 
not control a fund for the complete reporting period, then the fund is consolidated only for the part of the reporting period 
for which the Group has control over the entity.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of business combinations using the acquisition method. In the 
Statement of Financial Position, the subsidiaries’ identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are initially recognised 
at their fair values at the acquisition date. The results of acquired operations are included in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income from the date on which control is obtained. The consolidated financial statements are based on the 
financial statements of the individual companies drawn up using the standard Group accounting policies.

All transactions and balances between entities within the Group have been eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated 
financial statements.

The EBT is included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group. The EBT purchases shares pursuant to the 
non-dilutive equity awards granted to employees. These purchases and the operating costs of the EBT are funded by the 
Company. The EBT is controlled by independent trustees and its assets are held separately from those of the Group.

The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position has been presented on the basis of the liquidity of assets and liabilities.

the Group’s relationship with fund entities
Effective 17 October 2019, RAMAM ceased to be the ACD of the ICVC Funds and we initiated the transfer of the ACD 
responsibility to an independent third-party management company. 

Prior to 17 October 2019, the Group entities acted as the investment managers to funds and segregated managed accounts, 
and RAMAM was the ACD of River and Mercantile Funds ICVC (collectively ‘Investment Management Entities’ (IMEs)).

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
110

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

1. Basis of preparation continued
Considering all significant aspects of the Group’s relationship with the IMEs, the Directors are of the opinion that although 
the Group manages the investment resources of the IMEs, the existence of: termination provisions in the IMAs which allow 
for the removal of Group entities as the investment manager; the influence exercised by investors in the control of their IME; 
the arm’s length nature of the Group’s contracts with the IMEs; and independent Boards of Directors of the IMEs, the Group 
does not control the IMEs and therefore their assets, liabilities and net profit are not consolidated into the Group’s financial 
statements. The exception to this is where the Group has seeded a fund and determines that it subsequently has control over 
the fund, it will be consolidated accordingly.

Foreign currencies 
The majority of revenues, assets, liabilities and funding are denominated in UK Pounds sterling (GBP/£), and therefore the 
presentation currency of the Group is GBP. All entities within the Group have a functional currency of GBP, except for River 
and Mercantile LLC which is based in the US.

Monetary items which are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the reporting date. 
All resulting exchange differences are recognised in the Income Statement. Non-monetary items are measured at the rates 
prevailing on the date of the transaction and are not subsequently retranslated.

The functional currency of River and Mercantile LLC is US Dollars and is translated into the presentational currency as follows:
 • Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of the respective Statement of Financial Position;
 •
 • All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Income and expenses are translated at the daily exchange rate for the date on which they are incurred; and

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the 
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

assets held for sale
Assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather 
than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying 
amount and fair value less costs to sell.

Assets classified as held for sale are presented separately from the other assets in the balance sheet and are not depreciated 
or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. 

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset to fair value less costs to sell. A gain 
is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset but not in excess of any cumulative 
impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current 
asset is recognised at the date of derecognition.

Adoption of new standards and interpretations affecting the reported results or the financial position
This is the first set of the Group’s financial statements where IFRS 16 has been applied. This new standard was adopted from 
1 July 2019 and has had a significant impact on the amounts reported in these financial statements. 

Transition to IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 replaces IAS 17 Leases and became effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. It provides a 
single accounting method for lessees, requiring the recognition of an asset and a lease liability representing the right of use of 
the underlying asset over the term of a lease.

The Group has opted to apply the modified retrospective approach, where the cumulative effect of adopting IFRS 16 has been 
recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at 1 July 2019. Comparative information will not 
be restated.

As at 1 July 2019 the recognition of a right of use asset and lease liability increased total asset and total liabilities by 
£3,823,000 and £4,024,000 respectively.

The right of use asset has been calculated as the present value of all future lease payments, including those relating to 
dilapidations and costs incurred in obtaining the leases. The lease liability is measured using an appropriate discount rate for 
the Group from the date of the initial application of the standard equal to the incremental borrowing rate of the Group on the 
leases of 5.0%.

The adjustment to opening reserves at 1 July 2019 was £189,000 being the difference between the right of use asset and 
the lease liability at the date of transition less any balances recognised under IAS 17. The lease payment expenses relating 
to the Group’s property portfolio will now be split as the straight-line depreciation cost of the capitalised asset included as 
office facilities costs within administrative expenses and the unwinding of the lease liability charged to finance expenses. 
The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the leases on 1 July 2019 was 5.0%. 

111

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

2. Significant judgements and estimates
As detailed in note 1, these financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. The significant accounting policies of 
the Group which include estimates are detailed below:
 • Recognition of management and performance fee revenues. This involves estimates of AUM positions for the purposes 

of accruing revenue, which are described in note 3.

 • The accounting for UCITS V deferred remuneration involves estimates of forfeiture rates.
 • Calculation of lease assets and lease liabilities. 

The significant accounting policies of the Group which include judgements are detailed below:
 •

Impairment of intangible assets, goodwill and investments recorded in previous acquisitions. This involves judgements 
including business growth and estimates including discount rates, which are described in note 9.

 • Provisions, which are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable 
that the Group will be required to settle that obligation. Determining whether provisions are required and at what level, 
requires both judgement and estimates.

 • The accounting for share-based remuneration. This involves judgements relating to forfeiture rates and business outcomes 

and estimates of future share prices for National Insurance cost, which are described in note 7.

 • The accounting for the contingent consideration in respect of the acquisition of the Emerging Markets ILC team. This 

involves judgements relating to the likely useful life of intangibles and estimates as to revenue and cost growth over time.

 • Whether an asset should be classified as held for sale.

3. Revenue

net management fees
– Fiduciary Management
– Derivatives
– Equity Solutions – Wholesale
– Equity Solutions – Institutional

Net management fees

advisory fees
– Retainers
– Project fees

Advisory fees

total underlying revenue

performance fees
– Fiduciary Management
– Equity Solutions

total performance fees

total revenue

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

21,118
15,389
8,851
13,091

18,790
13,379
11,270
12,107

58,449

55,546

5,054
5,878

5,295
4,743

10,932

10,038

69,381

65,584

1,161
–

1,161

10,553
1,966

12,519

70,542

78,103

net management fees
Net management fees represent the fees charged pursuant to an IMA. Net management fees are reported net of rebates to 
clients and are typically charged as a percentage of the client’s AUM. The fees are generally accrued based on a contractual 
daily fee calculation and billed to the client either monthly or quarterly. During the year ended 30 June 2020, rebates totalling 
£2,739,000 (2019: £2,835,000) were paid in respect of Equity Solutions and DAA Fund management fees.

advisory fees
Advisory fees represent fees charged under advisory agreements and are typically charged on a fixed retainer fee basis or 
through a fee for the delivery of a defined project. Fees are accrued monthly and charged when the work has been completed.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
112

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

3. Revenue continued
performance fees
Performance fees are fees paid under certain IMAs for generating excess investment performance either on an absolute 
basis subject to a high-water mark, or relative to a benchmark. Performance fees are typically calculated as a percentage 
of the excess investment performance generated and may be subject to deferral and continued performance objectives in 
future periods. Performance fees are recognised in income when it is probable that the fee will be realised and there is a low 
probability of a significant reversal in future periods. This occurs once the end of the performance period has been reached. 
The client is invoiced for the performance fee at the end of the performance period which is generally annually, either on the 
anniversary of their IMA or on a calendar year basis.

contract balances
The timing of client revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in either trade receivables or accrued income on 
the Statement of Financial Position. For management fees, advisory fees and performance fees, amounts are billed in arrears 
pursuant to an IMA or advisory agreement with clients.

There were £30,000 (2019: £38,000) contract liabilities as at the year ended 30 June 2020.

4. divisional and geographical reporting
The business operates through four divisions, however, these are not considered to be segments for the purposes of IFRS 
8 on the basis that decisions made by the Board are made at an overall Group level. The information received by the Board 
supports this decision-making, with Income Statement, balance sheets, forecasts and budgets presented at a Group level. 

No single client accounts for more than 10% of the revenue of the Group (2019: none).

On a geographic basis the majority of the revenues are earned in the UK. The Group has an advisory, derivatives, fiduciary 
management and equity solutions business in the US and net revenue earned in the US for the year ended 30 June 2020 was 
£6.3 million (2019: £6.1 million). The AUM of the US business was £1,449 million (2019: £918 million).

Non-current assets held by the US business include £1.5 million (2019: £1.5 million) of goodwill.

5. administrative expenses

Marketing
Travel and entertainment
Office facilities
Technology, market data and communications
Professional fees
Research
Governance expenses
Fund administration
Other staff costs
Insurance
Irrecoverable VAT
Other costs

total administrative expenses

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

799
427
2,517
5,593
2,064
1,331
801
1,162
251
613
215
153

883
825
2,751
5,012
1,576
1,334
570
1,290
543
555
93
215

15,926

15,647

Included within office facilities expenses in the current year is the depreciation charge on the right of use asset of £1.3 million 
following the implementation of IFRS 16 (note 22). As the Group adopted IFRS 16 under the modified retrospective approach 
(note 1), the prior year has not been restated. The expenses relating to the Group’s leased properties are charged as the 
straight-line depreciation cost of the capitalised asset.

113

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

5. administrative expenses continued
Included within governance expenses is the remuneration of the external auditors for the following services:

Audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

130
114
75

319

104
99

52

255

6. Remuneration and benefits
Fixed remuneration represents contractual base salaries, RAMAM member drawings and employee benefits. The Group 
operates a defined contribution plan under which it pays contributions to a third party.

Variable remuneration relates to discretionary bonuses, variable profit share paid to the members of RAMAM, IFRS 2 charges 
in respect of share awards and associated payroll taxes and recruitment costs. Recruitments costs of £487,000 were incurred 
in the year (2019: £393,000).

Variable remuneration also includes a charge of £406,000 (2019: £964,000) relating to the amortisation of the Group’s non-
dilutive share awards and a credit of £40,000 (2019: credit of £132,000) of associated social security costs.

the average number of employees (including directors) employed was:
Advisory division
Fiduciary Management division
Derivative Solutions division
Equity Solutions division
Distribution
Corporate

total average headcount

the aggregate remuneration of employees (including directors) comprised:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs (defined contribution)
Share-based payment expense

Total remuneration and benefits (excluding EPSP)

Fixed remuneration
Variable remuneration

epSp costs:
Share-based payment expense
Social security costs

total epSp (credit)/costs

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

68
74
28
31
15
52

69
58
28
31
14
55

268

255

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

Note

36,192
3,575
976
415

41,158

28,922
12,236

41,158

–
(17)

(17)

36,208
3,420
937
1,099

41,664

26,145
15,519

41,664

452
183

635

7
7

 
 
 
114

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

6. Remuneration and benefits continued
directors’ remuneration
The aggregate remuneration and fees payable to Executive and Non-Executive Directors for the year ended 30 June 2020 was 
£1,042,000 (2019: £3,082,000). 

Information regarding the aggregate single figure remuneration of the Executive Directors (which includes the highest paid 
Director of £395,000 (2019: £2,801,000)) included in the Remuneration Committee Report.

Key management remuneration
Key management includes the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, and Executive Committee members. The remuneration 
paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below:

Short-term employee benefits
Long-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payment expense

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

5,932
7
113
141

6,193

8,316
280
101
302

8,999

7. Share-based payments
Where share-based awards are granted to employees, the fair value of the award at the date of grant is charged to the 
Consolidated Income Statement over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting 
the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each year-end date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount 
recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of shares that eventually vest. Market vesting conditions are 
factored into the fair value of the awards granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made 
irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure to 
achieve a market vesting condition.

Where the terms and conditions of awards are modified before they vest, the change in the fair value of the award, measured 
immediately before and after the modifications, is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement over the remaining 
vesting period.

executive performance Share plan
As reported in the prior year’s Annual Report, after completion of the Executive Performance Share Plan award holding 
period, during the year ended 30 June 2019 the award shares vested on 26 June 2019.

performance Share plan
The Group’s Performance Share Plan and DEP (collectively PSP) allows for the grant of nil cost options, contingent share 
awards or forfeitable share awards.

The fair value of the awards has been estimated using Black-Scholes modelling.

115

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

1,971
100
407
–
–
585

892
45
184
–
–
265

713
–
466
–
–
950

229
–
150
–
–
304

94
–
1,622
612
155
3,586

29
–
514
196
48
1,114

5 years
4 years
4 years
n/a
n/a
5 years

4 years
n/a
4 years
n/a
n/a
4 years

4 years
n/a
4 years
3 years
4 years
4 years

1, 2 and 3  1, 2 and 3  1, 2 and 3 
n/a
1 
1 and 4 
none
1 and 5 

1 and 2 
1 
n/a
n/a
1 and 2

n/a
1 
n/a
n/a
1 and 2 

131
–
274
612
–
2,015

41
–
108
190
–
797

3 years
n/a
3 years
3 years
n/a
5 years

1 and 4
n/a
1
1 and 4
n/a
1 and 6

–
–
–
–
–
293

–
–
–
–
–
177

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
3 years

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
1

7. Share-based payments continued
The key features of the awards are: 

Financial	year	of	award

Grant date award value £’000
Scheme 1 – Employees
Scheme 2 – Employees
Scheme 3 – Employees
Scheme 4 – Employees
Scheme 5 – Employees 
Scheme 6 – Executive Directors

number of shares granted ’000
Scheme 1 – Employees
Scheme 2 – Employees
Scheme 3 – Employees
Scheme 4 – Employees
Scheme 5 – Employees 
Scheme 6 – Executive Directors

Maximum term at grant date
Scheme 1 – Employees
Scheme 2 – Employees
Scheme 3 – Employees
Scheme 4 – Employees
Scheme 5 – Employees 
Scheme 6 – Executive Directors

vesting conditions (see key below)
Scheme 1 – Employees
Scheme 2 – Employees
Scheme 3 – Employees
Scheme 4 – Employees
Scheme 5 – Employees 
Scheme 6 – Executive Directors

1.  Remain employed throughout vesting period, subject to malus and good leaver provisions.

2.  Achievement of specified TSR target within a range.

3.  Straight-line between minimum and maximum divisional AUM and revenue targets.

4.  Achievement of specified revenue targets within a range.

5.  Achievement of specified adjusted underlying earnings per share targets and personal objectives.

6.  Achievement of specified adjusted underlying earnings per share targets and business performance criteria.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
116

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

7. Share-based payments continued
The following table sets out the movement in awards recognised in the income statement during the year and the key inputs 
into the fair values of awards:

Financial	year	of	award

ʼ000s

2016

2017

2018

2018

2018

2019

2019

2020

Grant date award value £’000
Grant date share price £
Number of shares outstanding at 30 June 2018 
Number of shares granted during the year 
Number of shares forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Vesting profile adjustments

Number of shares outstanding at 30 June 2019 

Number of shares granted during the year
Number of shares forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Vesting profile adjustments

number of shares outstanding at 30 June 2020

Fair value assumptions:
Exercise price
Risk free rate
Share price volatility
Dividend yield
Number of shares expected to vest ʼ000

3,063
2.21
838
–
–
(70)
–

768

–
(11)
(379)
–

378

2,130
3.12
683
–
(72)
(29)
(16)

566

–
(457)
(87)
–

22

668
3.14
213
–
–
(102)
(6)

105

–
–
(65)
–

40

1,133
3.12
363
–
(7)
(42)
–

4,268
3.22
1,325
–
(13)
–
(43)

314

1,269

–
(189)
(58)
–

67

–
(328)
(51)
31

921

743
3.22
–
231
(9)
–
–

222

–
(36)
–
–

2,290
2.53 
–
905
–
–
–

905

–
(13)
–
–

186

892

293
1.65
–
–
–
–
–

–

177
–
–
–

177

£nil
0.94% or 1.00 

£nil

£nil

£nil

£nil 
£nil
1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% (1.04%)
27.40% 27.90% 28.20% 28.20% 28.80% 28.80% 30.83% 33.66%
5%
177

5%
284

5%
687

5%
172

5%
40

5%
67

5%
22

5%
–

£nil

£nil

The volatility for awards granted in the year has been calculated based upon the annualised daily return on the Group’s share 
price from IPO to year end. All awards crystallise at the end of the vesting period subject to the approval of the Remuneration 
Committee. As at the reporting date 172,000 of the shares awarded were exercisable (2019: 504,000).

The 2019 Annual Report included an estimate for 2019 awards, a certain number of which were ultimately not granted. This 
has been retrospectively adjusted in the above table to show the awards granted that were outstanding at 30 June 2019.

8. depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation on owned assets charges primarily relate to IT and communications equipment, and leasehold improvements. 
The property, plant and equipment, and the depreciation accounting policies are described in note 21. Depreciation on right 
of use leasehold assets is included within administration expenses and detailed in note 5. 

The amortisation charge primarily relates to the IMA intangibles and recognised as part of the acquisition of RAMAM and the 
ILC team as described in note 9. The RAMAM and ILC team IMA intangibles are amortised over their expected useful life of 
between five and ten years based on an analysis of the respective client channels. The amortisation is not deductible for tax 
purposes. At the date of the RAMAM acquisition a deferred tax liability was recognised and is being charged to the income 
statement tax expense in line with the amortisation of the related IMAs. At the date of the acquisition no deferred tax liability 
was recognised in respect of the ILC team IMAs as the US business has brought forward tax losses.

117

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

9. intangible assets
Business combinations and goodwill
All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of a business combination is the 
aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments 
issued by the acquirer. The fair value of a business combination is calculated at the acquisition date by recognising the 
acquired entity’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that satisfy the recognition criteria, at their fair values 
at that date. The acquisition date is the date on which the acquirer effectively obtains control of the acquired entity. The cost 
of a business combination in excess of fair value of net identifiable assets or liabilities acquired, including intangible assets 
identified, is recognised as goodwill. Any costs incurred in relation to a business combination are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the Group’s 
interest in the fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication of 
impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the 
Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each CGU to which the 
goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management 
purposes. If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated 
first to reduce the carrying value of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the 
basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised is not reversed in a subsequent period.

Identifiable intangible assets
Investment	management	agreements	and	customer	relationships
IMAs and customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill at their fair 
value at the acquisition date. Customer relationships have an estimated useful life of twenty years and IMAs have estimated 
useful lives of five to ten years. The identified intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation calculated on 
a straight-line basis, the remaining amortisation period at 30 June 2020 is 3 years and 9 months.

Internally	generated	software
The Group capitalises the development of internally developed software from which it expects to get future economic benefit. 
Internally generated software will be recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation. 

Costs incurred during the development stage are capitalised until such time that the software is substantially complete and 
ready for its intended use. Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the software which 
is currently between four and five years, but is assessed separately for each identifiable software development. Internal and 
external costs incurred in connection with researching, training or maintenance of any internally generated software are 
expensed as incurred.

impairment of intangible assets, excluding goodwill
At each Statement of Financial Position date or whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired, the Group 
reviews the carrying amounts of its intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have 
suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to 
determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from 
other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. The recoverable amount is 
the higher of the fair value less costs to sell, and the value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
118

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

9. intangible assets continued
If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss 
is recognised as an expense immediately. For assets other than goodwill, where conditions giving rise to impairment 
subsequently reverse, the effect of the impairment charge is also reversed as a credit to the income statement, net of any 
depreciation or amortisation that would have been charged since the impairment.

cost:
At 30 June 2018
Exchange difference

At 30 June 2019
Additions
Exchange difference

at 30 June 2020

accumulated amortisation and impairment:
At 30 June 2018
Amortisation charge
Exchange difference

At 30 June 2019
Amortisation charge
Impairment
Exchange difference

at 30 June 2020

net book value:
At 30 June 2019

at 30 June 2020

Goodwill	
£’000

15,595
47

15,642
–
47

Customer	
lists	and	
IMAs	
£’000

38,491
65

38,556
–
65

15,689

38,621

418
–
–

418
–
21
–

18,690
4,348
15

23,053
3,226
1,356
56

439

27,691

Software	
£’000

Total	
£’000

84
–

84
385
–

469

37
21
–

58
31
–
–

89

54,170
112

54,282
385
112

54,779

19,145
4,369
15

23,529
3,257
1,377
56

28,219

15,224

15,503

15,250

10,930

26

380

30,753

26,560

impairment review
Goodwill includes £13.2 million (2019: £13.2 million) in respect of RAMAM and £1.5 million (2019: £1.5 million) in respect of 
Cassidy Retirement Group Inc. (Cassidy).

The Directors estimated the recoverable amount of the RAMAM goodwill based upon the value in use of the business. The 
value in use was measured using internal budgets and forecasts to generate a five-year view. The key assumptions used were: 
revenue based on internally approved budget in year one; an 8% revenue growth rate for the next four years; no growth after 
this point; and a pre-tax discount rate of 10% (2019: 12%). Estimates were made concerning remuneration and administrative 
costs, based upon current levels and expected changes.

Sensitivity analysis was performed on the key inputs of the valuation, being the growth and discount rates and future cash 
flows. A fall of greater than 10% in projected revenue or a change in the discount rate to a rate in excess of 38% is required to 
indicate impairment.

The Directors estimated the recoverable amount of the Cassidy goodwill using a fair value less costs of disposal. This value 
was measured using the revenues of the CGU and third-party data concerning comparable revenue multiples paid for recent 
acquisitions of similar businesses.

The key assumptions included in the estimate were: the costs of disposal; and the assumption that the multiples observed 
in other businesses would be comparable. Sensitivity analysis was performed on the level 3 valuation under the fair value 
hierarchy. A reduction in the revenue multiple of greater than 50% would be required to indicate impairment.

Included in customers lists and IMAs as at 30 June 2019 was a net book value of £1,426,000 relating to the investment 
management balances of the ILC funds. The recoverable amount of the asset is assessed using its value in using a pre-tax 
discount rate of 10% (2019: 12%). Due to a reduction in the AUM in these funds an impairment charge of £1,143,000 has been 
recorded in the period ended 30 June 2020. Following this impairment and any accumulated amortisation charged, the net 
book value of the ILC IMAs as at 30 June 2020 was £nil. Where conditions which give rise to an impairment subsequently 
reverse the effect of the impairment charge is reversed as a credit to the income statement.

119

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

10. other gains and losses

Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Gain on disposal of subsidiary
Gain on purchase of UCITS
Investments held at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 
Fair value of contingent consideration 

Total other gains and losses

Note

17

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

–
–
27
(435)
107

(301)

(12)
15
21
441
376

841

11. Finance income and expenses
Finance income and expense are recognised in the period to which it relates on an accruals basis.

Finance income comprises £54,000 of bank interest (2019: £50,000), £58,000 of foreign exchange gain (2019: £209,000) 
and £nil of interest earned from a loan to Palisades (2019: £80,000).

Finance expense comprises of lease liability finance interest unwind £170,000 (2019: £nil) and bank charges of £8,000 
(2019: £1,000).

12. current and deferred tax 
The tax charge consists of current tax and deferred tax. Current tax represents the estimated tax payable on the taxable 
profits for the period. Taxable profit differs from profit before tax reported in the Consolidated Income Statement because 
it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are 
never taxable or deductible. Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities, and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements, and is measured using the substantively 
enacted rates expected to apply when the asset or liability will be realised or settled.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not offset unless the Group has legal right to offset which it intends to apply. Deferred 
tax assets are recognised only to the extent that the Directors consider it probable that they will be recovered.

Deferred tax is recognised in the income statement, except that a charge attributable to an item of income or expense 
recognised as other comprehensive income or to an item recognised directly in equity is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity.

The most significant deferred tax items are the deferred tax liability established against the IMA intangible asset arising 
from the acquisition of RAMAM and the deferred tax asset recognised in respect of the share-based payment expenses. 
The amortisation of the IMA intangible asset is not tax deductible for corporate tax purposes therefore the deferred tax 
liability is released into the Consolidated Income Statement to match the amortisation of the IMA intangible. 

current tax:
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

total current tax
Deferred tax – origination and reversal of timing differences

total tax charge

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

2,799
–

2,799
157

2,956

4,365
38

4,403
(610)

3,793

The total tax charge assessed for the year is higher (2019: higher) than the average standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. 

 
 
 
120

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

12. current and deferred tax continued
The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax
Profit before tax multiplied by the average rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2019: 19%)

Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Losses not deductible for tax purposes
Income not subject to tax
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Other reconciling differences

total tax charge

The analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows: 

deferred tax assets
At beginning of year
(Charge)/credit to the income statement:
– share-based payment expense
– movement in foreign exchange
Debit to equity:
– share-based payment expense
– recycling of deferred tax on shares vested

at end of year

deferred tax liabilities
At beginning of year
Charge/(credit) to the income statement:
– amortisation of intangibles
– re-measurement of deferred tax on intangibles for changes in expected tax rate
– movement on investments held at fair value

at end of year

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

8,299
1,577

16,788
3,190

145
972
–
–
262

10
865
(135)
(3)
(134)

2,956

3,793

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

1,034

2,443

(562)
6

(202)
–

276

(59)
–

(291)
(1,059)

1,034

2,483

3,153

(554)
233
(84)

(752)
–
82

2,078

2,483

121

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

13. earnings per share
The basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares of the Company in issue during the year.

The Group operates a SAYE Scheme for employees. The SAYE Scheme allows employees to contribute towards a share option 
scheme over a three year period. At the end of the scheme the employees have the option to either receive shares in River 
and Mercantile Group PLC or cash. The potential dilutive effect of this scheme is also considered in the calculation of diluted 
earnings per share.

Additionally, in 2019 the vesting EPSP awards had a dilutive effect on the equity holders of the Company. Following the end 
of the holding period 57% of EPSP Performance Condition A shares vested on 26 June 2019 and were recognised as shares in 
issue. 

The dilutive effect of the EPSP awards was considered in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended 
30 June 2019.

Profit attributable to owners of the parent (£’000)
Weighted average number of shares in issue (’000)
Weighted average number of diluted shares (’000)

earnings per share:
Earnings per share
Basic (pence)
Diluted (pence)

Reconciliation between weighted average number of shares in issue

Weighted average number of shares in issue – basic
Dilutive effect of shares granted under SAYE
Dilutive effect of shares granted under EPSP 

Weighted average number of shares in issue – diluted

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 

Year ended 
30	June
 2019

5,343
83,624
83,856

12,995
80,121
83,244

6.39
6.37

16.22
15.61

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
’000

83,624
232
–

80,121
335
2,788

83,856

83,244

Adjusted profit
The Group uses adjusted profit (pre and post-tax), adjusted underlying profit (pre and post-tax), adjusted earnings per share 
and adjusted underlying earnings per share as alternative performance measures. 

The alternative performance measures are used to present shareholders and analysts with a clear view of what the Board 
considers to be a fair reflection of the Group’s results by excluding certain non-cash items detailed below. In the case of 
underlying measures, these also exclude the impact of performance fees which are more volatile and less consistent in nature 
than the Group’s other revenue sources. This enables consistent period-on-period comparison and makes it easier for users 
of the accounts to identify trends.

Adjusted profit comprises adjusted underlying profit and performance fee profit.

Adjusted profit before tax is determined by adjusting statutory profit before tax for the impact of amortisation and 
impairment of intangible assets (excluding software), other gains and losses, and dilutive share awards. 

Adjusted underlying profit before tax is calculated by subsequently deducting any performance fee profit before tax from 
adjusted profit before tax. 

Performance fee profit represents performance fees, less the associated remuneration costs plus the gain or loss on disposal 
of seed investments held.

 
 
 
122

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

13. earnings per share continued
Performance fee profit represents performance fees, less the associated remuneration costs plus the gain on disposal of 
investments held at fair value.

Adjusted profit calculation:
Statutory profit before tax
adjustments:
Amortisation and impairments of intangible assets 
Other gains and losses
Dilutive share awards (credits)/costs

Adjusted profit before tax
Taxes

Adjusted profit after tax

Performance fee profit calculation:
Performance fees
Less remuneration at 50% (2019: 50%)
Gains and (losses) on disposal of investments 

Performance fee profit before tax
Taxes

Performance fee profit after tax

Adjusted underlying profit calculation:
Adjusted profit before tax
Less: Performance fee profit before tax

Adjusted underlying profit before tax
Taxes on adjusted profit
Add back: Taxes on performance fee profit

Adjusted underlying profit after tax

adjusted underlying pre-tax margin (calculated on total revenue excluding performance fees)

adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted profit after tax (£’000)
Adjusted underlying profit after tax (£’000)
Weighted average shares (ʼ000)
Weighted average diluted shares (ʼ000)
adjusted earnings per share:
Basic (pence)
Diluted (pence)
adjusted underlying earnings per share:
Basic (pence)
Diluted (pence)

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
30	June
 2019
£’000

8,299

16,788

4,603
301
(17)

13,186
(3,330)

4,347
(841)
635

20,929
(4,701)

9,856

16,228

1,161
(581)
42

622
(118)

504

13,186
(622)

12,564
(3,330)
118

9,352

18%

12,519
(6,260)
20

6,279
(1,194)

5,085

20,929
(6,279)

14,650
(4,701)
1,194

11,143

22%

Year ended 
30 June 
2020 

Year ended 
30	June
 2019

9,856
9,352
83,624
83,856

11.79
11.75

11.18
11.15

16,228
11,143
80,121
83,244

20.26
19.50

13.91
13.39

123

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

14. dividends
The Group recognises dividends when an irrevocable commitment to pay them is incurred. In the case of interim dividends, 
this is generally the payment date. In the case of final dividends, this is the date upon which the dividend is approved by 
shareholders.

During the year, the following dividends were paid: 

2018 second interim
2018 final
2019 first interim
2019 second interim
2019 final
2020 first interim

Ordinary	
(pence)

Special	
(pence)

Total	
(pence)

Year ended 
30 June 
2020
£’000 

Year ended 
30	June	
2019 
£’000

4.2
3.2
4.3
3.5
2.6
3.9

1.3
2.3
2.0
1.6
2.4
0.5

5.5
5.5
6.3
5.1
5.0
4.4

–
–
–
4,269
4,188
3,678

4,422
4,424
5,023
–
–
–

12,135

13,869

15. cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits. At year end, all cash balances were held by banks 
with credit ratings as detailed below.

Bank

Barclays Bank 
Lloyds Bank 
First Republic Bank 

30 June 
2020 
£’000

19,305
4,384
562

30	June
 2019 
£’000

Credit	rating

Rating	body

18,728 A1/Negative Moody’s
Moody’s
5,043
Moody’s
275

Aa3
A1

total cash and cash equivalents

24,251

24,046

16. investment management balances

Investment management receivables
Investment management payables

30 June 
2020 
£’000

–
–

30	June
 2019 
£’000

22,277
22,278

Effective 17 October 2019, RAMAM ceased to be the ACD of the ICVC Funds and we initiated the transfer of the ACD 
responsibility to an independent third party management company. The reduction of other receivables was a result of this 
change.

As ACD of River and Mercantile Funds ICVC (the Fund), the Group was required to settle transactions between investors and 
the depositary of the Fund. The Group was exposed to the short-term liquidity requirements to settle with the depositary of 
the Fund before receiving payments from the investor. The credit risk associated with the investment management balances 
held in the prior year is discussed in note 28.

The investment management balances were initially recognised at fair value, based upon the values given by the administrator 
of the ICVC of the contractually agreed subscription or redemption values, and were subsequently recognised at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method. Due to their short-term nature (typically less than a week), amortised cost closely 
approximates fair value. The Group applies the IFRS 9 three stage model to measuring expected credit losses (ECLs) for 
investment management balances at an amount equal to 12 months ECLs. The ECLs on investment management balances 
are calculated based on actual historic credit loss experienced over the preceding three to five years on the total balance of 
non-credit impaired investment management balances, and also the future likelihood of default. Taking into consideration the 
Group’s historical experience, and their current credit exposures in light of future probabilities of default, the Group does not 
expect to incur any credit losses and has not recognised any impairment losses in the current year under IFRS 9 (2019: £nil).

 
 
 
124

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

17. investments held at Fvtpl
The Group uses capital to invest in its own fund products as seed investments. The investments are recognised as a financial 
asset in the Statement of Financial Position and changes to the fair value are recognised in the income statement. The fair 
value of the Group’s investment in its funds is derived from the fair value of the underlying investments, some of which are 
not traded in an active market and therefore the investment is classified as Level 2 under IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. 

The movement in the carrying value of the investments is analysed below:

At 30 June 2018
Additions
Movement in FVTPL
Foreign exchange movement
Disposals

At 30 June 2019
Additions
Movement in FVTPL
Foreign exchange movement
Disposals

at 30 June 2020

Investments	
held	at	FVTPL	
£’000

5,165
10
441
165
(394)

5,387
1,523
(435)
(58)
(6,127)

290

18. assets held for sale
Where the Group seeds a fund, which meets the definition of an asset held for sale it is accounted for accordingly. These will 
be held at the lower of cost or net realisable value.

The movement in the carrying value of the investments is analysed below:

At 30 June 2019
Additions

at 30 June 2020

Investments	
held	for	sale	
£’000

–
810

810

19. Fee receivables
Fee receivables are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring ECLs for fee receivables at an amount equal to 
lifetime ECLs. The ECLs on fee receivables are calculated based on actual historic credit loss experienced over the preceding 
three to five years (which is adjusted for forward-looking estimates) on the total balance of non-credit impaired fee receivables 
and also the future likelihood of default.

The Group considers a fee receivable to be credit impaired when one or more detrimental events have occurred, such as 
significant financial difficulty of the client or it becoming probable that the client will enter bankruptcy or other financial 
reorganisation. As the majority of fee receivables are fees deducted from the net asset value by fund administrators from 
the respective funds off which they are calculated the credit risk is considered very low. Taking into consideration the Group’s 
historical experience, and their current credit exposures in light of future probabilities of default, the Group does not expect 
to incur any credit losses and has not recognised any impairment losses in the current year under IFRS 9 (2019: £nil). The 
Directors are satisfied with the credit quality of counterparties.

Fees receivable

30 June 
2020 
£’000

10,233

10,233

30	June	
2019 
£’000

4,412

4,412

125

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

19. Fee receivables continued
As at 30 June 2020, the lifetime expected loss provision for fee receivables is as follows:

£’000

Expected loss rate
Fee receivables balance
Loss provision

Current

0%
9,376
–

30–60	days	
past due

61–90	days	
past due

91–365	days	
past due

0%
733
–

0%
77
–

0%
47
–

More	than	
366	days	
past due

50%
–
–

Total

10,233
–

Movements in the impairment allowance for fee receivables are as follows:

Opening provision for impairment
Increase during the year
Receivable written off during the year

closing provision for impairment

The average credit period on fee receivables is 13 days (2019: 32 days). 

20. other receivables

Accrued income
Prepayments
Other debtors

30 June 
2020 
£’000

30	June
 2019 
£’000

–
–
–

–

38
7
(45)

–

30 June 
2020 
£’000

13,723
1,691
44

30	June	
2019 
£’000

18,186
1,494
5,825

15,458

25,505

In 2019, other debtors included a receivable in respect of the settlement of shares sold to cover Executive Directors’ 
employment taxes following the vesting of the EPSP awards of £3,693,000 and an ACD debtor of £1,083,000.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring ECLs to other debtors. The Group does not expect to incur 
any credit losses and has not recognised any impairment losses in the current year under IFRS 9 (2019: £nil). 

The Group’s policy on financial instruments can be found in note 28.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
126

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

21. property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation charges the cost 
of the assets to the Consolidated Income Statement over their expected useful lives. Office equipment includes computer 
equipment which is depreciated over three years, and fixtures, fittings and equipment which is depreciated over seven years. 
Leasehold improvements are amortised over the remaining term of the leases. The depreciation period and method are 
reviewed annually. Depreciation on right of use leasehold assets is included in administration expenses. 

cost:
At 30 June 2018
Additions
Disposals
Exchange difference

At 30 June 2019
Additions
Exchange difference

at 30 June 2020

accumulated depreciation:
At 30 June 2018
Disposals
Depreciation charge on owned assets

At 30 June 2019
Depreciation charge on owned assets
Exchange difference

at 30 June 2020

net book value:
At 30 June 2019

at 30 June 2020

22. Right of use assets and lease liability

Right	of	Use	Asset	on	Leasehold	Property

cost:
At 30 June 2019
Recognition of asset on transition to IFRS 16
Additions

at 30 June 2020

accumulated depreciation:
At 30 June 2019
Recognition of depreciation charge on transition to IFRS 16
Depreciation charge

at 30 June 2020

net book value:
At 30 June 2019

at 30 June 2020

Office	
equipment	
£’000

Leasehold	
improvements	
£’000

573
64
(85)
5

557
45
5

607

365
(85)
71

351
72
2

425

206

182

415
132
–
3

550
–
2

552

22
–
128

150
145
1

296

400

256

Total	
£’000

988
196
(85)
8

1,107
45
7

1,159

387
(85)
199

501
217
3

721

606

438

£’000

–
5,591
41

5,632

–
1,768
1,278

3,046

–

2,586

127

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

22. Right of use assets and lease liability continued

Lease	Liability

liability:
At 30 June 2019
Recognition of liability on transition to IFRS 16
Payments made
Interest charge

at 30 June 2020

of which:
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities

at 30 June 2020

£’000

–
4,024
(1,503)
170

2,691

1,456
1,235

2,691

From 1 July 2019, the Group’s leases relating to office accommodation with terms of more than one year are recognised as 
a right of use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. The 
weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the leases on 1 July 2019 was 5%. Leases with terms less 
than one year will continue to be recognised as an operating lease.

The table below shows a reconciliation from the operating lease commitments disclosed at 30 June 2019 to the lease liability 
recognised on implementation of IFRS 16:

Operating lease commitments at 30 June 2019
(Less): adjustments relating to leases of low value assets
Add: Adjustments as a result of different treatment of extension and termination options
(Less): discount using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate

lease liability recognised at 1 July 2020

23. trade and other payables

Trade payables
VAT payable
Remuneration accruals
Other accruals and payables
Contract liabilities

The Group’s policy on financial instruments can be found in note 28.

Lease 
Liability

4,098
(121)
332
(285)

4,024

30	June
 2019 
£’000

771
1,029
17,459
4,478
38

23,775

30 June 
2020 
£’000

195
1,110
11,570
4,588
30

17,493

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
 
128

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

24. Share capital
The Company had the following share capital at the reporting dates:

Allotted,	called	up	and	fully	paid:	Ordinary	shares	of	£0.003	each

Number

£

Opening balance at 1 July 2018
Shares issued in respect of EPSP award vesting
Shares issued in respect of SAYE award vesting

Balance at 30 June 2019
Shares issued in respect of SAYE award vesting

Balance as at 30 June 2020

82,095,346
2,956,336
244,494

85,296,176
157,458

246,286
8,869
734

255,889
472

85,453,634

256,361

The ordinary shares carry the right to vote and rank pari passu for dividends.

The share premium account arises from the excess paid over the nominal value of the shares issued.

25. other reserves

Foreign exchange reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Merger reserve
Capital contribution reserve

30 June 
2020 
£’000

350
84
–
576

30	June
 2019 
£’000

379
84
44,433
576

1,010

45,472

The foreign exchange reserve represents the cumulative foreign exchange differences arising on US Dollar denominated 
businesses in the Group as well as currency differences on goodwill and fair value adjustments on the acquisition of foreign 
subsidiaries. Upon any disposal of the US Dollar denominated business, the associated cumulative foreign exchange 
differences would be recycled through the Consolidated Income Statement.

The capital contribution reserve arose from a historical acquisition whereby the Group’s then parent settled part of the 
consideration in its own shares valued at £576,000. There was a reclassification to retained earnings for a capital contribution 
reserve item that arose from forgiveness of a dividend by the Group’s then parent, PSG (£3,867,000).

Following approval by Shareholders at the Company’s AGM in December 2019 to undertake a reduction in capital, and with 
a view to effecting this on approval from the High Court, the Company capitalised its merger reserve of £44.4m by cancelling 
the deferred shares in the Company (the “Deferred Shares”) creating distributable reserves equal to the merger reserve. 
The Company received High Court approval in January 2020 to effect the reduction in capital by cancellation of the Deferred 
Shares, creating distributable reserves available to the Company accordingly, supporting the Company’s ability to pay future 
dividends.

26. own shares held by eBt
During the year, the Group’s EBT purchased Group shares in relation to non-dilutive share awards (note 7). The shares held 
are measured at cost.

Opening balance at 1 July 2018
Acquisition of own shares by EBT
Disposal of shares in respect of award vesting

Balance at 30 June 2019
Disposal of shares in respect of award vesting

Balance as at 30 June 2020

£’000

4,981
1,694
(424)

6,251
(1,996)

4,255

129

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

27. Related party transactions
Related parties to the Group are its key management personnel (note 6).

In the prior year the Punter Southall Group (PSG) were a related party of the Group but ceased to be so in the year ended 
30 June 2020 by virtue of PSG’s representative director resigning on 30 June 2019. 

Significant transactions with pSG

Administrative charges from PSG:
Office facilities

total administrative charges 

Year ended 
30 June
 2020 
£’000 

Year ended 
30	June	
2019 
£’000

n/a

n/a

435

435

28. Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when the 
Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual 
rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or when the contractual rights to those assets are transferred. Financial 
liabilities are derecognised when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

Financial assets at Fvtpl 
Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognised in the income 
statement.

trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less expected credit losses. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, 
except for short-term trade and other receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

The impairment provision on financial assets measured at amortised cost (such as trade and other receivables) has been 
calculated in accordance with IFRS 9’s expected credit loss model.

cash and cash equivalent balances
Cash and cash equivalents balances comprise cash in hand, cash at agents, demand deposits, and other short-term highly 
liquid investments that have maturities of three months or less from inception, are readily convertible to a known amount of 
cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at their fair value and are subsequently measured at their amortised cost 
using the effective interest method. Interest expense is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-
term trade and other payables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

Categories of financial instruments
Financial instruments held by the Group are categorised under IFRS 9 as follows:

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment management balances
Fee receivables
Other receivables

Total financial assets held at amortised cost
Investments held at FVTPL

total investments held at Fvtpl

Total financial assets

Other receivables exclude prepayments.

30 June 
2020 
£’000

30	June
 2019 
£’000

24,251
–
10,233
13,767

48,251
290

290

24,046
22,277
4,412
24,011

74,746
5,387

5,387

48,541

80,133

 
 
 
 
130

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

28. Financial instruments continued

Financial liabilities
Investment management balances
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities at amortised cost

contingent consideration

Total financial liabilities held at fair value

Total financial liabilities

Trade and other payables exclude deferred income.

30 June 
2020 
£’000

30	June
 2019 
£’000

–
17,493

17,493

228

228

22,278
23,344

45,622

393

393

17,721

46,015

The Directors consider the carrying amounts of the loan and receivables financial assets and financial liabilities carried at 
amortised cost to be a reasonable approximation to their fair values based upon their nature and the relatively short period 
of time between the origination of the instruments and their expected realisation.

As reported in the prior year’s Annual Report the Group became the investment manager of the ILC funds. The contractual 
agreements entered into between the parties constituted a business combination under IFRS 3. The contingent consideration 
is calculated based on the percentage of revenue generated by an IMA and measured at fair value at each reporting date. The 
contingent consideration balance is recognised within Trade and other payables in the consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position and changes in fair value are recognised in the income statement. During the year the contingent consideration has 
moved by £165,000 predominantly due to £112,000 of fair value adjustments.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The following provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, 
and held as FVTPL and revalued on a recurring basis, grouped into levels 1 to 3:
 • Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities. The Group does not hold financial instruments in this category;

 • Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). The Group’s seeding 
of funds is held within this category;

 • Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability 
that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). The Group’s contingent consideration of the ILC 
team is held within this category. This contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the reporting date. Based on 
a discount rate of 10% and an assumed AUM growth of 10% per annum, the fair value of the contingent consideration 
payable is £228,000 (2019: £393,000).

Financial assets
Financial assets held at fair value – level 2

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities held at fair value – level 3

There have been no transfers of financial instruments between levels during the period.

30 June 
2020 
£’000

290

290

30 June 
2020 
£’000

228

228

30	June
 2019 
£’000

5,387

5,387

30	June
 2019 
£’000

393

393

131

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

28. Financial instruments continued
Financial risk management
The risks of the business are measured and monitored in accordance with the Board’s risk appetite, and policies and 
procedures covering specific risk areas, such as: credit, market and liquidity risk.

The Group is exposed to credit risk, market risk (including interest rate and foreign currency risks) and liquidity risks from the 
financial instruments identified above. This note describes the objectives, policies and processes of the Group for managing 
those risks and the methods used to measure them.

credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty defaults on their contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the 
Group. The carrying amount of financial assets at amortised cost recorded in the financial statements represents the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk. The Group holds no collateral as security against any financial asset. Credit risk arises 
principally from the Group’s fee receivables, other receivables and cash balances. The Group manages its credit risk through 
monitoring the aging of receivables and the credit quality of the counterparties with which it does business. Where it is 
deemed that a receivable is no longer recoverable it will be written off but will still be subject to enforcement activity. 

The aging of outstanding fee receivables at the reporting date is given in note 19. There was no single fee receivable balance 
at year-end that is material to the Group (2019: none).

The banks with whom the Group deposits cash and cash equivalent balances are monitored, including their credit ratings 
(note 15). The Board consider both short term and long term credit ratings of its bank counterparties.

Market risk – foreign currency risk management
The Group’s foreign currency risk arises where adverse movements in foreign exchange rates impact the value of the assets 
and liabilities held in currencies other than the local entities functional currency. 

The carrying amount of the Group’s foreign currency exposures are shown below in GBP:

Fee receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Payables
Other assets
Assets held for sale
Investments held at fair value

total

30 June 
2020 
£’000

675
1,158
(3,823)
2,785
810
240

1,845

30	June
 2019 
£’000

25
249
(1,026)
1,653
–
5,261

6,162

A 10% fluctuation in the exchange rate between foreign currencies and UK Pounds sterling on the outstanding foreign 
currency denominated monetary items at year-end balances would result in a gain or loss of £185,000 (2019: £616,000).

Foreign exchange risk arising from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are monitored and where appropriate the 
currency required to settle the transaction may be purchased ahead of the settlement date.

Market risk – interest rate risk management
The Group has minimal exposure to interest rate risk. The Group has no external borrowings, cash deposits with banks earn a 
floating rate of interest and the interest income is not significant in either year.

liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. This risk relates to the 
Group’s prudent liquidity risk management and implies maintaining sufficient cash reserves to meet the Group’s working 
capital requirements. Management monitors forecasts of the Group’s liquidity, and cash and cash equivalents on the basis of 
expected cash flow.

The Group is cash generative before the payment of dividends, and has cash and cash equivalent balances that support 
the Group’s working capital requirements. The fee receivable invoicing cycle is generally quarterly; as a result cash balances 
are maintained to meet the ongoing expenses of the business during the quarterly cycles. The Group’s capital expenditure 
requirements have not been significant and have been limited to office and IT equipment.

Prior to significant cash outflows (or entering into commitments which would result in significant cash outflows), including 
dividends, the Group undertakes liquidity and capital analysis.

 
 
 
132

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS CONTINUED

28. Financial instruments continued
The Group has entered into leases over its premises. The Group’s lease liability of £2,691,000 is presented on the Statement 
of Financial Position.

At 30 June 2020, the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £24.3 million (2019: £24.0 million).

liquidity gap analysis
The table below presents the cash flows receivable and payable by the Group under non-derivative financial assets and 
liabilities by remaining contractual maturities at the reporting date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual, 
undiscounted cash flows.

The net liquidity positions in the table below relate to cash flows on contractual obligations existing at the reporting date and 
does not take account of any cash flows generated from profits on normal trading activities.

as at 30 June 2020
assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Fee income receivables
Other receivables

Total financial assets

liabilities
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities

Net liquidity surplus/(deficit)

as at 30 June 2019
assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment management balances
Fee income receivables
Other receivables

Total financial assets

liabilities
Investment management balances
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities

Net liquidity surplus/(deficit)

On	demand	
£’000

<	3	months	
£’000

3–12	months	
£’000

>	12	months	
£’000

24,251
–
–

–
10,233
9,173

24,251

19,406

–

–

15,373

15,373

24,251

4,033

–
–
4,536

4,536

1,146

1,146

3,390

–
–
58

58

946

946

(888)

On	demand	
£’000

<	3	months	
£’000

3–12	months	
£’000

>	12	months	
£’000

24,046
–
–
–

–
22,277
4,412
19,100

24,046

45,789

–
–

–

22,278
21,218

43,496

24,046

2,293

–
–
–
4,855

4,855

–
2,075

2,075

2,780

–
–
–
56

56

–
444

444

(388)

capital management
The Group operates its subsidiaries as self-sufficient entities which, save for activities in the US, are expected to be able to 
meet their funding requirements without recourse to the parent.

The Group’s capital structure consists of equity (share capital and share premium), other reserves and its retained earnings; 
capital is managed on a consolidated and individual entity basis to ensure that each entity is able to continue as a going 
concern. Three of the Group’s subsidiaries are regulated entities (one in the UK, one in the US and one in both the UK and the 
US). The Group scrutinises its capital adequacy using the Pillar 2 and ICAAP frameworks which are regulated by the FCA to 
maintain adequate capital requirements. The Group has complied with its regulatory capital required throughout the period 
covered by these financial statements.

133

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

29. ultimate controlling party and subsidiary undertakings
The Company became publicly listed on 26 June 2014 and remains publicly listed. The Directors consider that there is no 
ultimate controlling party of the Group. 

Subsidiary undertakings
The following subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated financial information of the Group:

Name

River and Mercantile Investments Limited1

River and Mercantile US Holdings Limited1

River and Mercantile LLC1, 2

River and Mercantile Holdings Limited

River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP1

River and Mercantile Group Services Limited1, 2

River and Mercantile Group Trustees Limited1, 2

River and Mercantile Services LLC2

River and Mercantile Group Employee 

Benefit Trust

River & Mercantile International High 

Alpha Fund3

Indirect holding.

1. 
2.  Exempt from audit requirements.
3.  Fund consolidated as held for sale.

Country	of	
incorporation	of	
registration

Proportion	of	
voting	rights/
ordinary	share	
capital	held	%

Registered	office	address

Nature	of	business

UK

UK

US

UK

UK

UK

UK

US

UK

US

100

100

100

100

100

100

30 Coleman St, London, 
EC2R 5AL
30 Coleman St, London, 
EC2R 5AL
130 Turner St, Waltham, 
MA 02453
30 Coleman St, London, 
EC2R 5AL
30 Coleman St, London, 
EC2R 5AL
30 Coleman St, London, 
EC2R 5AL
30 Coleman St, London, 
EC2R 5AL
 1209 Orange St, 
Wilmington, Delaware 
19801
12 Castle Street, St Helier, 
Jersey, JE2 3RT
100 C/O Global Trust Company 
12 Gill Street, Suite 2600 
Woburn US-MA US 01801

100

100

0

Investment management

Holding company for the 
US business
Actuarial and consulting

Holding company

Investment management

Dormant service 
company
Dormant service 
company
Dormant service 
company

EBT

Delaware series LLC

River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP has a non-coterminous year end, reporting at 31 March on a standalone basis. 
This was the existing year-end date as at acquisition and no change is expected.

During the year River and Mercantile Services LLC was liquidated and ceased to form part of the Group. 

30. events after the reporting date
Since the end of the financial year, the Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance not otherwise dealt with in 
this report or the financial statements that has significantly or will significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results 
of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group.

The Board of Directors have declared a second interim dividend of 2.81 pence per share. The second interim dividend will be 
paid on 20 November 2020 to shareholders on the register as at 23 October 2020. The ex-dividend date is 22 October 2020. 

The Board of Directors have also proposed a final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2020, subject to approval by 
shareholders at the Group’s AGM on 14 December 2020, of 2.34 pence per share.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
134

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

coMpanY StateMent oF Financial poSition

assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables
Deferred tax asset
Right of use assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investments

total assets

liabilities
payables
Lease liability

total liabilities

net assets

equity
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings

equity attributable to owners

30 June 
2020 
£’000

30	June
 2019 
£’000

Note

2
3
4
6
5
7
8

9
6

10
11
12

13,898
3,396
126
1,620
188
380
58,901

11,104
12,947
736
–
314
26
58,762

78,509

83,889

2,697
1,578

4,275

9,254
–

9,254

74,234

74,635

256
15,428
84
58,466

74,234

256
15,136
44,517
14,726

74,635

The notes to the financial statements of River and Mercantile Group PLC (registered number 04035248) form part of and 
should be read in conjunction with the financial statements.

The Company’s profit after tax for the year was £11,335,000 (2019: £15,810,000).

JaMeS BaRHaM 
GROUP	CHIEF	EXECUTIVE	

SiMon WilSon
CHIEF	FINANCIAL	OFFICER

30 October 2020   

30 October 2020

 
 
	
 
135

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

coMpanY StateMent oF caSH FloWS

Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before interest and tax

adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right of use asset
Amortisation of intangible assets
EBT funding
Share-based payment expense
Dividends from subsidiaries
Other gains and losses

Operating cash flow before movement in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in operating assets
(Decrease)/increase in operating liabilities

cash (used in) operations
Taxation received

net cash (used in) operations

Cash flow from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Repayment of intercompany loan receivables
Interest received
Dividends received from subsidiaries

net cash generated from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities
EBT funding settled
Dividends paid
Share issue
Lease liability payments

Net cash (used in) financing activities

net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

cash and cash equivalents at end of year

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

Year ended 
30 June 
2020
£’000 

Year ended 
30	June
 2019 
£’000

11,809

15,791

150
1,050
32
–
265
(16,000)
(27)

(2,721)
4,306
(6,691)

(5,106)
511

(4,595)

122
–
21
2,079
429
(23,200)
21

(4,737)
(5,230)
649

(9,318)
1,206

(8,112)

(24)
(386)
4,877
37
16,000

(190)
–
4,016
36
23,200

20,504

27,062

–
(12,135)
294
(1,274)

(2,200)
(13,869)
408
–

(13,115)

(15,661)

2,794

3,289

11,104

13,898

7,815

11,104

Repayment of intercompany loan receivables were classified as financing cash flows in the prior year. These cash flows relate 
to the payment of amounts loaned to group companies so should have been classified as investing cash flows. The prior year 
cash flow statement has been restated so as to reclassify the cash flows as relating to an investing activity.

 
 
 
136

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

coMpanY StateMent oF cHanGeS 
IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Balance as at 30 June 2018
Comprehensive income for the year:
Profit for the year

total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:
Dividends
Share-based payment expense
Deferred tax on share-based payment expense 
Realised tax in respect of award vesting
Transfer to retained earnings
Share issue in respect of award vesting

Total transactions with owners:

Balance as at 30 June 2019

Adjustment to retained earnings on transition to IFRS 16

Adjusted Balance as at 30 June 2019

comprehensive income for the year:
Profit for the year

total comprehensive income for the year

transactions with owners:
Dividends
Share-based payment expense
Deferred tax on share-based payment expense 
Realised tax in respect of award vesting
Transfer to retained earnings
Share issue in respect of award vesting

total transactions with owners:

Balance as at 30 June 2020

Share	
Capital	
£’000

Share	
Premium	
£’000

Other	
reserves	
£’000

Retained 
earnings	
£’000

Total	
£’000

246

14,688

48,384

7,660

70,978

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
10

10

256

–

256

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
448

448

–

–

15,810

15,810

15,810

15,810

–
–
–
–
(3,867)
–

(13,869)
1,450
(1,272)
1,080
3,867
–

(13,869)
1,450
(1,272)
1,080
–
458

(3,867)

(8,744)

(12,153)

15,136

44,517

14,726

74,635

–

–

(123)

(123)

15,136

44,517

14,603

74,512

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
292

292

–

–

11,335

11,335

11,335

11,335

–
–
–
–
(44,433)
–

(12,135)
409
(158)
(21)
44,433
–

(12,135)
409
(158)
(21)
–
292

(44,433)

32,528

(11,613)

256

15,428

84

58,466

74,234

The merger reserve arose on the acquisition of RAMAM in March 2014. Following approval by Shareholders at the Company’s 
AGM in December 2019 to undertake a reduction in capital, and with a view to effecting this on approval from the High Court, 
the Company capitalised its merger reserve of £44.4 million by paying up and issuing deferred shares in the Company (the 
“Deferred Shares”) to a nominee who held such shares in trust for the shareholders. The Company received High Court 
approval in January 2020 to affect the reduction in capital by cancellation of the Deferred Shares, creating distributable 
reserves available to the Company.

137

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

noteS to tHe coMpanY Financial StateMentS

1. Basis of preparation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs, International Accounting Standards and 
interpretations, International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee interpretations, and with those parts of the 2006 
Act applicable to companies reporting under IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as adopted by 
the European Union that are relevant to its operations and effective for accounting periods beginning on 1 July 2019.

principal place of business
The Company’s principal place of business is the same as its registered office.

Result for the year
The profit after tax for the year ended 30 June 2020 was £11,335,000 (2019: £15,810,000). 

In accordance with Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 a separate income statement has not been presented for the 
Company. There are no items of comprehensive income other than the result for the year and therefore no Statement of 
Comprehensive income has been prepared for the Company.

Foreign currencies
To the extent that the Company undertakes transactions in currencies other than GBP, the transactions are translated 
into GBP using the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Balances denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated into GBP using the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. All foreign exchange differences arising from 
the settlement of transactions or the translation of balances are recognised in operating expenses in the income statement.

dividends
See note 14 of the consolidated financial statements.

2. cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and at bank, cash at agents, demand deposits, and other short-term highly 
liquid investments that have maturities of three months or less from inception, are readily convertible to a known amount of 
cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Below is a table detailing the credit rating of the banks with 
which the Company holds its cash, and the balance held at year-end.

Bank

Barclays Bank 

3. otHeR ReceivaBleS 

Taxes and social security
Prepayments and accrued income
Amounts owed from Group undertakings
Other debtors

30 June 
2020 
£’000

30	June	
2019 
£’000

Credit	rating

Rating	body

13,898

11,104 A1/negative Moody’s

30 June 
2020 
£’000

327
601
2,467
1

3,396

30	June
 2019 
£’000

202
779
8,116
3,850

12,947

Other debtors in the prior year include a receivable in respect of the settlement of shares sold to cover Executive Directors’ 
employment taxes following the vesting of the EPSP awards of £nil (2019: £3,693,000).

Amounts owed from Group undertakings represent balances incurred in the course of trade and are payable on demand.

The Company applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring ECLs to accrued income and three staged model to 
measuring ECLs to the remaining other receivables. The Group does not expect to incur any credit losses and has not 
recognised any impairment losses in the current year under IFRS 9 (2019: £nil). 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
138

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

noteS to tHe coMpanY Financial StateMentS 

continued

4. tax
The Company’s accounting policy in respect of tax is the same as that of the Group as detailed in note 12 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

deferred tax assets:
At beginning of year
(Charge) to the income statement – share-based payment expense
(Charge) to equity – share-based payment expense

at year end

30 June 
2020 
£’000

736
(451)
(159)

126

30	June
 2019 
£’000

2,074
(66)
(1,272)

736

5. property plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation charges the cost of the 
assets to the Income Statement over their expected useful lives.

cost:
At 30 June 2019
Additions

at 30 June 2020

accumulated depreciation:
At 30 June 2019
Depreciation charge

at 30 June 2020

net book value:
At 1 July 2019

at 30 June 2020

Office	
equipment	
£’000

Leasehold	
improvements	
£’000

Total	 
£’000

136
24

160

29
32

61

107

99

370
–

370

163
118

281

207

89

506
24

530

192
150

342

314

188

139

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

6. Right of use assets and lease liability

Right	of	Use	Asset	on	Leasehold	Property

cost:
At 30 June 2019
Recognition of asset on transition to IFRS 16
Additions

at 30 June 2020

accumulated depreciation:
At 30 June 2019
Recognition of depreciation charge on transition to IFRS 16
Depreciation charge

at 30 June 2020

net book value:
At 30 June 2019

at 30 June 2020

Lease	Liability

liability:
At 30 June 2019
Recognition of liability on transition to IFRS 16
Payments made
Interest charge

at 30 June 2020

of which:
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities

at 30 June 2020

£’000

–
4,066
–

4,066

–
1,396
1,050

2,446

–

1,620

£’000

–
2,739
(1,274)
113

1,578

355
1,223

1,578

From 1 July 2019, the Company’s leases relating to office accommodation with terms more than one year are recognised as 
a right of use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Company. 
The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the leases on 1 July 2019 was 5%. 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
 
140

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

noteS to tHe coMpanY Financial StateMentS 

continued

7. intangible assets
Intangible assets are carried at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Amortisation charges the cost 
of the assets to the income statement over their expected useful lives.

cost:
At 30 June 2019
Additions

at 30 June 2020

accumulated amortisation and impairment:
At 30 June 2019
Amortisation charge

at 30 June 2020

net book value:
At 1 July 2019

at 30 June 2020

8. investments in subsidiaries 

At start of year
Additions – share-based payments in subsidiaries

at end of year

Software	
£’000

Total	
£’000

84
386

470

58
32

90

26

380

84
386

470

58
32

90

26

380

30 June 
2020 
£’000

58,762
139

58,901

30	June
 2019 
£’000

57,645
1,117

58,762

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for any impairment incurred. The Company has a 
100% holding in River and Mercantile Holdings Limited.

9. payables

Trade payables
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Accruals and deferred income

30 June 
2020 
£’000

60
19
2,618

2,697

30	June
 2019 
£’000

563
–
8,691

9,254

The Company also had payables of £1,578,000 in relation to its lease liabilities. 

10. Share capital
Full details of the Company’s share capital can be found in note 24 of the consolidated financial statements.

11. Share premium
Full details of any movements in share premium can be found in the Company statement of changes in equity.

141

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

12. other reserves
A reconciliation of the movements in reserves can be found in the Company statement of changes in equity. Details on the 
nature of the other reserves in the Company can be found in note 25 of the consolidated financial statements.

A breakdown of other reserves is detailed below.

Merger reserve
Capital redemption reserve

30 June 
2020 
£’000

–
84

84

30	June
 2019 
£’000

44,433
84

44,517

As at 30 June 2020, the Company had £55,038,000 of distributable reserves (2019: £10,800,000).

13. Financial instruments
A discussion of the financial risks and associated financial risk management, which applies to all of the companies in the 
Group, can be found in note 28 of the consolidated financial statements, along with the Group’s accounting policy in respect 
of financial instruments.

The financial assets and liabilities of the Company are categorised under IFRS 9 as follows: 

Financial assets held at amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables

Total financial assets held at amortised cost

Other receivables exclude prepayments.

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost
Payables

Total financial liabilities held at amortised cost

30 June 
2020 
£’000

30	June
 2019 
£’000

13,898
2,795

16,693

11,104
12,168

23,272

30 June 
2020 
£’000

30	June
 2019 
£’000

2,697

2,697

9,254

9,254

credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that the counterparty defaults on their contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the 
Company. The carrying amount of financial assets at amortised cost recorded in the financial statements represents the 
Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk. The Company held no collateral as security against any financial asset. Credit 
risk arises principally from the Company’s intercompany and cash balances. The Company manages its credit risk through 
monitoring the credit quality of the counterparties with which cash is held and the Company’s subsidiaries resources. 

The bank with whom the Company deposits cash and cash equivalent balances are monitored, including its credit ratings 
(note 2).

Market risk – interest rate risk management
The Company has minimal exposure to interest rate risk. The Company has no external borrowings and cash deposits with 
banks earn a floating rate of interest. Interest income is not significant in either year.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
142

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

noteS to tHe coMpanY Financial StateMentS 

continued

13. Financial instruments
liquidity gap analysis
The table below presents the cash flows receivable and payable by the Company under non-derivative financial assets 
and liabilities by remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the 
contractual, undiscounted cash flows.

The net liquidity positions in the table below relate to cash flows on contractual obligations existing at the balance sheet date 
and does not take account of any cash flows generated from profits on normal trading activities.

as at 30 June 2020
assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables

Total financial assets

liabilities
Payables

Total financial liabilities

Net liquidity surplus/(deficit)

as at 30 June 2019
assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables

Total financial assets

liabilities
Payables

Total financial liabilities

Net liquidity surplus/(deficit)

On	demand	
£’000

<	3	months	
£’000

3–12	months	
£’000

>	12	months	
£’000

13,898
–

13,898

–
1,977

1,977

–

–

2,183

2,183

13,898

(206)

–
818

818

92

92

726

–
–

–

422

422

(422)

On	demand	
£’000

<	3	months	
£’000

3–12	months	
£’000

>	12	months	
£’000

11,104
–

11,104

–

–

–
6,864

6,864

8,823

8,823

–
5

5

374

374

–
5,299

5,299

57

57

11,104

(1,959)

(369)

5,242

14. Remuneration and benefits
Details on each category of remuneration are explained in note 6 of the consolidated accounts. 

The Company had an average of 45 employees during the year (2019: 49). 

the aggregate remuneration of employees (including directors) comprised:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs (defined contribution)
Share-based payment expense

Total remuneration and benefits (excluding EPSP)

Details of the individual Directors’ remuneration are shown in the Remuneration Committee Report.

Year ended 
30 June 2020 
£’000 

Year ended 
30	June	2019	
£’000

5,891
820
163
276

7,150

6,921
727
148
(49)

7,747

143

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

15. Related parties
The Company entered into the following transactions with related parties:

Related	party

Type	of	transaction

River and Mercantile Investments Limited 
(subsidiary undertaking)

Management recharges 
Intercompany balances

River and Mercantile LLC
(subsidiary undertaking)

Management recharges
Intercompany balances

River and Mercantile Holdings Limited
(immediate subsidiary undertaking)

Intercompany loan interest income
Intercompany balances

River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP Management recharges
Intercompany balances
(subsidiary undertaking)

Transaction	recharge	value

Balance	owed/(owing)

30 June
 2020 
£’000

9,216
–

38
–

52
–

458
–

30	June	
2019 
£’000

8,063
–

31
–

–
–

1,195
–

30 June 
2020 
£’000

–
1,099

–
589

–
818

–
343

30	June
 2019 
£’000

–
2,498

–
449

–
4,729

–
440

River and Mercantile Group PLC is the ultimate parent undertaking, River and Mercantile LLC, River and Mercantile Asset 
Management LLP and River and Mercantile Investments Limited are fellow subsidiaries and River and Mercantile Holdings 
Limited is the immediate parent undertaking.

16. other information
The Company has taken the exemption under Section 408(2) of the Companies Act 2006 to not present their remuneration 
separately in these financial statements.

A second interim dividend in respect of the year of 2.81 pence per share has been declared. The Directors have proposed 
a final dividend in respect of the year of 2.34 pence per share, of which 0.10 pence is a special dividend relating to net 
performance fees.

The Company has not entered into any significant commitments or contingent liabilities after the balance sheet date.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
144

RiveR and MeRcantile GRoup plc
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

GloSSaRY

acd – Authorised Corporate Director 

aGM – Annual general meeting

eSG – Environmental, social, 
governance

auM – Amounts on which management 
fees and performance fees are charged 
across all asset classes managed by 
the Group. In relation to derivatives, 
AUM represents the aggregate billing 
notional of the derivative contracts on 
which management fees are charged

BaepS – Basic Adjusted earnings per 
share

BauepS – Basic Adjusted Underlying 
earnings per share

Board – the board of directors of the 
Company

bps – basis points, where one basis 
point represents 0.01%

Buy-out – A type of financial transfer 
whereby a pension fund sponsor pays 
a fixed amount in order to free itself 
of any liabilities (and assets) relating to 
that fund

caSS – Client Assets sourcebook

ceo – Chief Executive Officer

cFo – Chief Financial Officer

cGu – Cash generating unit

cio – Chief Investment Officer

cMa – Competition and Markets 
Authority

company – River and Mercantile 
Group PLC

coo – Chief Operating Officer
covid-19 or coronavirus – the 
severe acute respiratory syndrome 
coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2)

cRM – Client Relationship Management

evp – Employee Value Proposition

Fca – Financial Conduct Authority

FRc – Financial Reporting Council

Fvoci – Fair value through other 
comprehensive income

Fvtpl – Fair value through profit or 
loss

pvt – Potential, value and timing. The 
investment strategy employed by 
the Group’s Equity Solutions division 
eligible defined benefit fund members 
in case of employer insolvency

RaMaM – River and Mercantile Asset 
Management LLP

RaMil – River and Mercantile 
Investments Limited

RFp – Request For Particulars

GReF – Global Responsible Equity Fund

Ria – regretted institutional attrition

Group – River and Mercantile Group 
PLC and its subsidiaries

RWaa – Revenue weighted asset 
attribution

iaS – International Accounting 
Standards

icaap – Individual Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process

icvc – Investment company of variable 
capital

iFRS – International Financial Reporting 
Standards

ilc – Industrial life cycle

ined – Independent Non Executive 
Director

it – Information Technology

iMa – Investment management 
agreement

iMe – Investment Management Entities

SaaS – Software as a service

SaYe Scheme – Save-As-You-Earn 
Scheme

Sid – Senior Independent Director

SMcR – Senior Managers and 
Certification Regime 

SRd ii – The Shareholder Rights 
Directive II

tcFd – Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures

tSR – Total shareholder return

ucitS – Undertakings for the collective 
investment of transferable securities.

un pRi – United Nations Principles of 
Responsible Investing

ipo – Initial public offering

YoY – Year-on-year

iSa – International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) 

Kpi – Key performance indicator

ldi – Liability-driven investment, an 
investment strategy based on the cash 
flows needed to fund future liabilities

daa – Dynamic Asset Allocation

ltia – Long-term incentive awards

dB – Defined benefit

dc – Defined contribution

dep – Deferred Equity Plan

director – a director of the Company

eBt – Employee Benefit Trust

ed – Executive Director

epS – Earnings per share

epSp – Executive performance share 
plan. A dilutive share plan awarded to 
executives during the Group’s IPO

ltip – Long-term incentive plan

nav – Net asset value

ned – Non-Executive Director

oMS/pMS – Order Management 
Solution/Portfolio Management 
Solution

ppF – Pension Protection Fund, a 
statutory fund established under the 
provisions of the Pensions Act 2004

pSG – Punter Southall Group Limited

pSp – Performance Share Plan

SHaReHoldeR inFoRMation and adviSoRS

company number
04035248

Registered office
30 Coleman Street
London
EC2R 5AL

Tel: 020 3327 5100

Group company Secretary
Sally Buckmaster

Website
www.riverandmercantile.com

annual General Meeting
14 December 2020 at 9.00 am

dividends
Where possible, it is recommended 
that dividend payments are made 
directly into a bank account to  
provide improved security and 
faster access to funds. You may give 
instruction via the Registrar’s website  
www.shareview.co.uk or in writing.

Final dividend for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2020:

amount
2.34 pence per ordinary share.

ex-dividend date
26 November 2020

Record date
27 November 2020

payment date
18 December 2020

Registrars 
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing
West Sussex
BN99 6DA

Shareholder helpline
0371 384 2030
(+44 121 415 7047)
www.shareview.co.uk

auditors
BDO LLP
55 Baker Street
London
W1U 7EU

corporate broker and advisors

Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London
EC4 M7LT

Jefferies International Limited 
100 Bishopsgate 
London 
EC2N 4JL

Share listing
River and Mercantile Group PLC‘s 
ordinary shares of £0.003 are 
admitted to trading on the Main 
Market of the London Stock 
Exchange under ticker RIV.

Information on the share price  
and the Company can be accessed  
via the Company’s website or at  
www.londonstockexchange.com.

Bloomberg
0994474D:LN

iSin
GB00BLZH7X42

Sedol code
BLZH7X4

ticker
RIV

 
 
30 Coleman Street 
London 
EC2R 5AL

www.riverandmercantile.com